AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF CROP ECOLOGY
     A RESEARCH ORGANIZATION DEVOTED TO PROBLEMS OF
           PLANT ADAPTATION AND INTRODUCTION
                   WASHINGTON, D. C.
   AICE" SURVEY OF USSR AIR POLLUTION LITERATURE
                      Volume XV
    A  THIRD COMPILATION OF TECHNICAL  REPORTS
                        ON THE
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND THE PUBLIC HEALTH ASPECTS
            OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS
                        Edited By

                     M. Y. Nuti
           The material presented here is part of a survey of
                 USSR literature on air pollution
              conducted by the Air Poll;      ;on
           AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CROP ECOLOGY


        This survey is being conducted under GRANT R 800878
                  (Formerly R01  APOO
                 OFFICE OF AIR PROGRAMS
                           he
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROT

           •AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CROP ECOLf
                     809 DALE DRP
              SILVER SPRING, MARYLAND 20910


-------
                PUBLICATIONS   of th.  AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CROP ECOLOGY
                                                                  26
No.
 I     UKRAINE— Ecologicol Crop Geography cf the Ukraine and the
         Ukrainian  Agrc-CIJn-.atic  Analogue! in  North America


 2     POLAND-Agricul rural  CKnafoloay of Poland and IB Agro-
         Climati*- Analogues in North America

 3     C7?CHOSLOVAKlA-A3,icultural  Climatology of Czechoslo-
         vakia and  Its Agro-Climatic Analogues  in North Americc
       YUGOSLAV!A-Agricultural Climotologyof Yugoslavia and Its
         Agro-Climatic Analogues in North America

       GREECE—Ecological Crop Geography of Greece and Irs Agro-
         Climatic Analogues in Norm America

       ALBANIA-Ecologicol  Plant Geography of Albania, Irs Agri-
         cultural Crops and Some North American Climatic Analoguei
 7     CHINA—Ecological  Crop Geography of China and Its Agro-
         Climatic Analogues in North America

 8     GERMANY-Ecologicol Crop Geography of Germany and  Irs
         Agro-Climatic Analogues in North America

*9     JAPAN (1)-Agricultural Climatology of Japan and Its Agro-
         Climatic Analogues in North America

10     FINLAND-Ecological Crop Geography of Finland and Its Agro-
         Climatic Analogues in North America

II     SWEDEN-Agricultural Climatology of  Sweden and Irs Agro-
         Climatic Analogues in North America

12     NORWAY- Ecological Crop Geography of Norway and Its Agro-
         Climolic Analogues in North America

13     SIBEftlA-Agricul rural Climatology of Siberia, Its Natural Belts,
         and Agro-Climatic Analogues in North America

14     JAPAN (2)-Ecologicol Crop Geography and Field Practices of
         Japan,  Japan's Natural  Vegetation,  and Agro-Climatic
         Analogues in North America


15     RYUKYU ISLANDS-Ecological Crop  Geography and Field
         Practices of the Ryukyu Islands,  Natural Vegetation of the
         Ryukyus, and  Agro-Climatic Analogues in  the Northern
         Hemisphere

16     PHENOLOGY AND THERMAL ENVIRONMENT AS A MEANS
         OF  A PHYSIOLOGICAL  CLASSIFICATION OF  WHEAT
         VARIETIES  AND FOR PREDICTING MATURITY DATES OF
         WHEAT
         (Based on Data of Czechoslovakia and of  Some  Thermally
         Analogous Areas  of  Czechoslovakia in the  United States
         Pacific Northwest)

17     WHEAT-CLIMATE RELATIONSHIPS AND  THE  USE OF PHE-
         NOLOGY IN ASCERTAINING THE THERMAL AND PHO-
         TOTHERMAL REQUIREMENTS OF WHEAT
         (Based on Data of North America and Some Thermally Anal-
         ogous Areas of North America  in the Soviet Union and in
         Finland)

18     A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF LOWER AND UPPER LIMITS  OF
         TEMPERATURE IN MEASURING THE VARIABILITY OF DAY-
         DEGREE SUMMATIONS OF WHEAT, BARLEY,  AND RYE

19     BARLEY-CLIMATE RELATIONSHIPS AND  THE USE OF  PHE-
         NOLOGY IN ASCERTAINING THE THERMAI^AND PHO-
         TOTHERMAL REQUIREMENTS OF BARLEY

20     RYE-CLIMATE RELATIONSHIPS AND THE USE  OF PHENOL-
         OGY IN ASCERTAINING  THE THERMAL AND PHOTO-
         THERMAL REQUIREMENTS OF RYE

21     AGRICULTURAL ECOLOGY IN SUBTROPICAL REGIONS

27.     MOROCCO,  ALGERIA, TUNISIA-Physicol  Environment and
         Aari culture	
23     LIBYA and EGYPT-Physical  Environment and Agriculture.  . .

24     UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA-Physical  Environment and Agri-
         culture, With Special Reference to  Winter-Rainfall Regions

25     AUSTRALIA-Physical Environment and Agriculture, With Spe-
         cial Reference to  Winter-Rainfall Regions	
       S. E. CALIFORNIA and S. W. ARIZONA-Phyiical Environment
         and Agriculture of the Desert Regions	
27     THAILAND—Physical Environment and Agriculture

28     BURMA-Physical Environment and Agriculture

28A    BURMA-Diseases and Pests of Economic Plants

28B    BURMA-Climote, Soils and  Rice Culture  (Supplementary In-
         formation and a Bibl iography to Report 28)
29A   VIETNAM,  CAMBODIA,  LAOS-rhysical Environment and
         Agriculture	

29B   VIETNAM, CAMBODIA, LAOS-Diseoses and Pests of Economic
         Plants	

29C   VIETNAM, CAMBODIA, LAOS-CItautological Data (Supple-
         ment to Report 29A)


30A   CENTRAL and SOUTH CHINA,  HONG KONG,  TAIWAN-
         Physical Environment and Agriculture ......     $20.00*

306   CENTRAL and SOUTH CHINA,  HONG KONG,  TAIWAN-
         Ma|or Plant Pests and Diseases	

31    SOUTH CHINA-lts Agro-Climatic Analogues in Southeast Asia


32    SACRAMENTO-SAN  JOAQUIN DELTA OF  CALIFORNIA-
         Physlcal Environment and Agriculture	

33    GLOBAL AGROCLIMATIC ANALOGUES  FOR THE RICE RE-
         GIONS OF THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATE
34    AGRO-CLIMATOLOGY  AND  GLOBAL  AGROCLIMATIC
         ANALOGUES OF  THE CITRUS REGIONS OF THE CON-
         TINENTAL UNITED STATES

35    GLOBAL AGROCLIMATIC ANALOGUES  FOR THE SOUTH-
         EASTERN  ATLANTIC REGION OF  THE CONTINENTAL
         UNITED STATES

36    GLOBAL AGROCLIMATIC ANALOGUES  FOR THE  INTER-
         MOUNTAIN  REGION OF THE CONTINENTAL  UNITED
         STATES

37    GLOBAL AGROCLIMATIC ANALOGUES FOR THE NORTHERN
         GREAT PLAINS REGION OF  THE CONTINENTAL UNITED
         STATES

38    GLOBAL AGROCLIMATIC ANALOGUES  FOR THE MAYA-
         GUEZ DISTRICT OF PUERTO RICO

39    RICE CULTURE and RICE-CLIMATE RELATIONSHIPS With Spe-
         cial Reference to  the United States Rice Areas and Their
         Latitudinal and Theimal Analogues in Other Countries

40    E. WASHINGTON, IDAHO,  and UTAH-Physieat Environment
         and Agriculture

41    WASHINGTON, IDAHO, and  UTAH—The Use of Phenology
         in  Ascertaining  the  Temperature  Requirements  of Wheat
         Grown in Washington, Idaho, and Utah and in Same  of
         Their Agro-Climaficolly  Analogous Areas  in the Eastern
         Hemisphere

42     NORTHERN  GREAT  PLAINS REGION—Preliminary  Study  of
         Phenological  Temperature  Requirements of  a Few  Varieties
         of Wheat  Grown in the Northern Great Plains Region and in
         Some Agro-Climotically  Analogous Areas  in the Eastern
         Hemisphere

43     SOUTHEASTERN ATLANTIC  REGION-Phenologlcal Temper-
         ature Requirements of Some Winter  Wheat Varieties Grown
         in the Southeastern Atlantic Region of  the United Stares and
         in Several of Its Lotitudinally Analogous Areas of the Eastern
         and Southern Hemispheres of Seasonally  Similar Thermal
         Conditions

44     ATMOSPHERIC  AND METEOROLOGICAL ASPECTS OF  AIR
         POLLUTION—A Survey of USSR Air Pollution Literature

45     EFFECTS AND SYMPTOMS OF AIR POLLUTES ON VEGETA-
         TION; RESISTANCE AND SUSCEPTIBILITY OF DIFFERENT
         PLANT SPECIES IN VARIOUS HABITATS, IN RELATION TO
         PLANT UTILIZATION FOR  SHELTER BELTS AND AS BIO-
         LOGICAL INDICATORS—A Survey of USSR Air  Pollution
         Literature
                (Continued on inside of back cover)

-------
                                                AICE-AIR-72-15


   AICE* SURVEY OF USSR AIR POLLUTION LITERATURE


                      Volume XV
    A THIRD COMPILATION OF  TECHNICAL REPORTS
                        ON THE
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND THE PUBLIC HEALTH ASPECTS
            OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS
                        Edited By

                      M. Y. Nuttonson
           The material presented heie is part of a survey of
                 USSR literature on air pollution
              conducted by the Air Pollution Section
           AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CROP ECOLOGY
        This survey is being conducted under GRANT R 800878
                  (Formerly R01 AP 00786)
                 OFFICE OF AIR PROGRAMS
                         of the
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

           *AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CROP ECOLOGY
                     809 DALE DRIVE
              SILVER SPRING, MARYLAND 20910

                         1972

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page

PREFACE 	     v

                              Maps of the USSR

     Orientation	    vli
     Climatic* Soil and Vegetation Zones 	  viii
     Major Economic Areas 	     ix
     Major Industrial Centers 	     x
     Principal Centers of Ferrous Metallurgy and Main
          Iron Ore Deposits 	     xi
     Principal Centers of Non-Ferrous Metallurgy and
          Distribution of Most Important Deposits of
          Non-Ferrous Metal Ores 	    xil
     Principal Centers of the Chemical Industry and of
          the Textile Industry	   xiii
     Principal Centers of Wood-Working* Paper, and Food
          Industries 	    xiv
     Main Mining Centers 	     xv
     Principal Electric Power Stations and Power Systems 	    xvi

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS OF NOXIOUS SUBSTANCES IN
     THE ATMOSPHERIC AIR OF POPULATED AREAS
          V. A. Ryazanov	      1

SOME ASPECTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECT OF MICROCONCENTRATIONS OF
     TWO CHLOROISOCYANATES
          I. A. Zibireva	      6

THE TOXICOLOGY OF LOW CONCENTRATIONS OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
          I. S. Gusev	     19
                                 i
CHRONIC ACTION OF LOW CONCENTRATIONS OF ACROLEIN IN AIR ON
     THE ORGANISM
          M. I. Gusev, I..S. Dronov, A. I. Svechnikova,
          A. I. Golovina, and M. D. Grebenskova	     35

STUDY OF THE REFLEX AND RESORPTIVE EFFECTS OF THIOPHENE
          Sh. S. Khlkmatullayeva	     46

SANITARY-TOXICOLOGICAL APPRAISAL OF THE COMBINED EFFECT OF A
     MIXTURE OF BENZENE AND ACETOPHENONE VAPORS IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
          V. R. Tsulaya	     57
                                    iii

-------
                                                                        Page

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS OF PHENOL AND ACETOPHENONE
     PRESENT TOGETHER IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
          Yu. Ye. Korneyev	    69

SANITARY EVALUATION OF THE COMBINED ACTION OF ACETONE AND
     PHENOL IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
          U. G. Pogosyan	    82

ON THE COMBINED EFFECT OF LOW CONCENTRATIONS OF ACETONE AND
     ACETOPHENONE IN AIR ON THE ORGANISM OF MAN AND ANIMALS
          N. Z. Tkach 	    98

ON THE COMPARATIVE TOXICITY OF BENZENE, TOLUENE, AND XYLENE
     (STUDY OF THE REFLEX EFFECT)
          I. S. Gusev	   113

LITERATURE CITED IN 1968 PAPERS 	   124

LITERATURE CITED IN 1967 PAPERS 	   129

-------
                                  PREFACE
     The present volume constitutes  the  third* compilation of  the  USSR
technical reports on a number  of investigations of  the  biological  effects
of specific air pollutants.  These investigations have  been conducted at
various public health institutes and in  departments of  public  health of
some of the universities of  that country.

     Industrial emissions  of various air pollutants and their  adverse
effect on human health have  stimulated investigations of their biological
effects.  The great strides  in the development of industrial chemistry in
the USSR have called attention to the toxicological significance of the new
chemical air pollutants and  made it  imperative to conduct investigations as
to the biological effects  of these chemical air pollutants.  It also suggested
the need to conduct investigations dealing with the public health  implications
of these pollutants.

     The material included in  this volume  deals with the biological effects
of low concentrations of ambient chemical  toxic substances such as

     (1) a number of chemical  compounds  used in the production of  new
herbicides,

     (2) a number of aromatic  hydrocarbons of industrial importance,

     (3) those emitted by  chemical and oil-chemical plants,

     (4) a number of chemicals used  in the production of plastics, dye-
stuffs, antioxLdants, pharmaceutical preparations,  insecticides, etc.

     The results of  the above  studies provide in the USSR a basis  for the
establishment of a series  of new maximum permissible concentrations for new
toxic substances in  the atmospheric  air  and constitute  the scientific criteria
for assessing the degree of  pollution of the air medium.  They also form the
foundation for a number of ameliorative  sanitation  measures to be  undertaken.

     Some background information 
-------
country's economic areas (see page ix).  The many diverse climatic con-
ditions of the country and its major economic areas as well as the geo-
graphical distribution of the Soviet Union's principal industrial and
mining centers and of its principal electric power stations and power systems
can be seen from the various maps presented as background material in this
volume.

     It is hoped that the papers selected for presentation in this volume
will be conducive to a better appreciation of some of the air pollution
investigations conducted in the USSR.  As the editor of this volume I wish
to thank my co-workers in the Air Pollution Section of the Institute for
their valuable assistance.
                                         M. Y. Nuttonson
July 1972
                                       vi

-------
                                                                                                         40       '   65'  SO  °  100 '  120  " "  WJ   "      160      *17C
	International Sound*




 ——	   Autonomous R»ublic 'ASSfl

-------
               CLIMATIC ZONES AND REGIONS* OF THE  USSR
                  ..CJ!..-,0,„-;.. -   ^^T^-^    ARCTIC OCEAN r ..-v^xr.
                                   v->
                  •~~>-vr">- xi:..#..-\       ''T*1^1 _^~'-
              * %C:,  x'<\  \-     V.V*
               -                 -
                     -'* V.^
                ^'\r\- >^v3
               ^^V/rO^i <  -^
            "X^   A fe^<
            ^w^*^?—
 v^ :/sVrr^^f;^-1
  &&&=&*•
•^M^c^^m
              <•  .,-,.
 Zones:  I-arctic, II-subarctic, Ill-temperate,  IV-subtropical
 Regions:  1-polar, 2-Atlantic, 3-East Siberian,  4-Pacific,  5-Atlantic,
 6-Siberian,  7-Pacific,  8-Atlantic-arctic, 9-Atlantic-continental forests,
 10-continental forests  West Siberian, 11-continental forests East Siberian,
 12-monsoon  forests, 13-Pacific forests, lA-Atlantic-continental steppe,
 15-continental steppe West Siberian, 16-mountainous Altay  and Sayan,
 17-mountainous Northern Caucasus,  18-continental desert Central Asian,
 19-mountainous Tyan-Shan, 20-western Transcaucasian, 21-eastern Transcau-
 casian, 22-mountainous  Transcaucasian highlands, 23-desert south-Turanian,
 24-mountainous Pamir-Alay
                                (After B. P. Alisov, "Climate  of The USSR", Moscow 1956)
                SOIL AND VEGETATION ZONES IN THE U.S.S.R.
tA   vi*:°/-
  tf—-^.T-;s<   ftt&Kffinl
-0%^fe^rowij
                                  ^^J Cenl«nvntal glacier F -^Erd For..-!
                                  I..  ; J Tyd-i      1   1
                               viii
        (After A. Lavrishchev, "Economic Geography
        of the U.S.S.R.", Moscow 1969)

-------
                               MAJOR ECONOMIC  AREAS  OF  THE  U.S.S.R.
                   ^V^TV'JIP  otMurmanik
                               Karaganda0
                                    Semipal
                                   Uil-Kame
                                                                 VI Volga
                                                                 VII Urali
                                                                 VIII Weil Sibe
                                                                 IX EAI| Siberi
                                                                 X Far East
XI Baltic
XII Soulh-Weilern
XIII Doneli-Dniepcr
XIV Soulhern
XV Transcaucauan
XVI  Kazakhstan
XVII Cenlral Asia,
XVIII Byelorussian
                             PLANNED  DISTRIBlttlON  OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION IN ORDER
                               TO  BRING  IT CLOSER TO RAW MATERIAL AND FUEL SOURCES

     An example  of the  planned distribution of industrial production in the USSR is the creation of large
industrial centers and  complexes  of heavy industry in many of the country's economic areas:  the North-'rVect
(Kirovsk, Kandalaksha,  Vorkuta),  the  Urals (Magnitogorsk, Chelyabinsk, Nizhny Tagil), Western and Eastern
Siberia (Novosibirsk, Novokuznetsk, Kemerovo,  Krasnoyarsk, Irkutsk,  Bratsk), Kazakhstan (Karaganda, Rudny,
Balkhash, Dzhezkazgan).
     Large industrial systems  are being created - Kustanai, Pavlodar-Ekibastuz,  Achinsk-Krasnoyarsk,
Bratsk-Taisnet and a number  of others.   Ferrojs and non-ferrous metallurgy, pulp and paper,  hydrolysis and
saw-milling industries  are being  established in the Bratsk-Taishet industrial system.  The Achinsk-Kras-
noyarsk industrial system is becoming one of the largest centers of  aluminum and chemical industries,  and
production of ferrous metals,  cellulose,  paper, and oil products.
     Construction of the third metallurgical base  has been launched  in Siberia,  and a new base of ferrous
metallurgy, using the enormous local  iron and  coal resources, has been created in Kazakhstan.  A high-
capacity power system is being organized  in the same areas.  Non-ferrous metallurgy is being further
developed in Kazakhstan, Central  Asia and in Transbaikal areas.  The pulp and paper, as well as the timber,
industries are being developed at a fast  rate  in the forest areas of Siberia and the Far East.
     Ferrous metallurgy is also developing in  the  European part of the country by utilizing  the enormous
iron ore resources of the Kursk Magnetic  Anomaly and the Ukrainian deposits.  Large new production systems
are under construction  in the  North-West, along the Volga, in the Northern Caucasus and the  Ukraine.

                                                             (After A. Lavrishchev, "Economic Geography
                                                              of the  U.S.S.R.", Moscow 1969)
                                                          IX

-------
THE  MAJOR INDUSTRIAL CENTERS OF THE  USSR

                 Main centres of ferrous metallurgy





                  "   "  " non-ferrous metallurgy





              O Centres of chemical industry
             (After  A.  Efimov,  "Soviet Industry", Moscow  1968)

-------
PRINCIPAL  CENTERS  l)K  FKfrkniN  MFTAT T
                                              WeltovsV Z.iboilali
Complete cycle me
Slecl imclling and
 rolling
Smelling of forrooll
 Mining ol:
iron orei
coking coal
     MC oret
 I1AI'! IRON ORE  DEPOSITS  IN  TKE  L'.S.S.S
                                     (After A. Lavrishchev, "Economic Geography of
                                      the  U.S.S.R.", Moscow 1969)
                             xi

-------
      PRINCIPAL  CENTERS  OF N03-FESROUS METALLURGY IN THE U.S.S.R.
                                   ^L^tjggfr
                                                Metallurgy:
                                            copper    (5)
                                            iiiununiuni
DISTRIBUTION OF  MOST  IMPORTANT DEPOSITS OF TJON-FERROUS  :
-------
PRINCIPAL  CENTERS OF THE CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY IN  THE U.S.S.R.
                            *\  £^ ^^-&&».'^    \


                                xiii
                                                   (After A. Lavrishchev, "Economic Geography
                                                    of the U.S.S.R.", Moscow

-------
      PRINCIPAL CENTERS  OF WOOD-WORKING  AND PAPER  INDUSTRIES  IN  THE  U.S.S.R.
                f. .   K?v,d.?Jtnf dTD'Murmansk
Dnepropetrovsk /.'

                       .^>'V-;^' '•Ty'umen
                                                     Industry:
                                                  Timber-sawing and wood-wojliing
                                              @  Roper
                                              LJ? Piinclpal lumbering areas
                                              -^ Forests
            PPINCIPAL  CE'-rTL'-S  OF  TIE  FJOI INDUSTFZ  O  THE  TT.S.S.P
                                                          (After A.  Lavrishchev, "Economic GeoKraohv
                                                           of the U.S.S.R.",  Moscow 1969)         '
                                          XIV

-------
THE MAIN MINING CENTERS  OF THE USSR

                                    Oil refining



                                    Oil pipei



                                    Gas pipes



                                    Power llalioni
              (After A. Efiraov, "Soviet Industry", Moscow  1968)

-------
PRINCIPAL  ELECTRIC  POWER  STATIONS  AND POWER  SYSTEMS  IK THE  U.S.S.R.
                                                                                                        Principal  Electric  Power Station*
                                                                                                     Thermal     Hydro-power
                                                                                                                   ijl    in operation
                                                                                                        -A-               under conilfuction
                 a. 1 Uigmihaya_  K— I'
                                                                                                                        and planned
                                                                                                                              ot etetlric
                                                                                                                        power \iatiom
                                                                                                          Operating atomic cleeinc power
                                                                                                    Areas of operation of single power grids
                                                                                                             European par! of Iho u S.S.R.

                                                                                                             Central Siberia

                                                                                                   Areas of operation of integrated power grids

                                                                                                                           Northern Kaiahhilan

                                                                                                                           Central Alia
                                                                Figures indicate lollowing  power >iaiion>:
                                                    1 Bailie              9 Dnicprodnrthlntk 17 Shalura
                                                    2 Narva              lODmeprogei      IB Eleklrogorsk                 24 Nur«k
                                                    JKegum             UKakhovka       1? Ivankovo                   25 Raqunlkaya
                                                    
-------
       MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS OF NOXIOUS  SUBSTANCES IN THE

                      ATMOSPHERIC AIR OF POPULATED AREAS*
                                 (V.  A, Ryazanov)

From Akademiya Meditslnakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvle i
gigienicheskoe znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".   Red. V. A. Ryazanova.
Vypusk 11,  Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 201-204, (1968).
Pollutant
1
1. Nitrogen dioxide
2. Nitric acid (based on HN03 molecule
(based on hydrogen ion)
3. Acrolein
4. Alpha-methyls tyrene
5 . Alpha-naphthoquinone
6. Amyl acetate
7. Amylene
8. Ammonia
9. Aniline
0. Acetaldehyde
1. Acetone
2. Acetophenone
3. Benzene
.4. Gasoline (low-sulfur petroleum
gasoline in terms of "C")
.5. Shale gasoline (in terms of "C")
.6. Butane
.7. Butyl acetate ,
.8. Butyl ene
.9. Butyl alcohol
0. Butyl phosphate
1. Valeric acid
2. Vanadium pentoxide
Concentration, mg/m^
Maximum single
2
0,085
0,4
0,006
0,30
0.04
0.005
0,10
1,5
0.20
0,05
0.01
0,35
0.003
1.5

5,0
0,05
200.0
0.10
3,0
0.3
0,01
0.03
	
Mean daily
3
0,085
0.4
0.006
0.10
0.04
0.005
0,10
1.5
0.20
0.03
	
0.35
Ot003
0,8

1,5
0.05
	
0.10
3.0
— —
— —
0,01
0,002
   * Approved by the Assistant Chief Public Health Physician of the USSR on 12 September 1967, No. 692-67.
                                      - 1 -

-------
1
23. Vinyl acetate
24. Hexamethylenediamine
25. Bi vinyl
26. Diketene
27. Dime thylani line
28. Dimethyl sulfide
29. Dimethyl disulfide
30. Dimethylformamide
31 . Dowthenn
32. Dichloroethane
33 . 2, 3-Dichloro-l,4-naphthoquinone
34. Diethylamine
35. Isopropylbenzene
36. Isopropylbenzene hydroperoxide
37. Caprolactam (vapors, aerosol)
38. Caproic acid
39. Malathion
40. Xylene
41. Maleic anhydride (vapors, aerosol)
42. Manganese and its compounds (in
terms of MnO£)
43. Butyric acid
44. Mesidine
45. Methanol
46. Metaphos
47, Metachlorophenyl isocyanate
48. Methyl acrylate
49. Methyl acetate
50. Methyl mercaptan
51. Methyl methracylate
52. Monome thylani line
53. Arsenic (inorganic compounds other
than arsine, in terms of AS)
54. Nitrobenzene
55. Parachloroaniline
56. Parachlorophenyl isocyanate
57. Pentane
58. Pyridine
59. Prppylene
60. Propyl alcohol
61. Non toxic dust
62. Metallic mercury
2
0.20
0.001
3.0
0.007
0,0055
0.08
0.7
0,03
0.01
3.0
0.05
0.05
0.014
0.007
0.06
0.01
0.015
0.2
0,2

	
0.015
0.003
1.0
0.008
0,005
0.01
0.07
9-10-6
0.1
0.04

	
0.008
0.04
0, 0015
100. 0
0.08
3.0
0.3
0.5
	
3
0,20
0.001
1.0
	
	


	
0.03
0.01
1.0
0.05
0.05
0.014
0.007
0.06
0..005
	
0.2
0.05

0.01
0.01
•
0,5
	
G.,005
	
0.07
	 r
0..1
——

0..003
0.008
^__
0..0015
25. 0
0..08
3,0

0.15
0. 0003
—  2  —

-------
1
63. Soot (carbon black)
64. Lead and its compounds (other than
tetraethyl lead) in terms of Pb
65. Lead sulfide
66. Sulfuric acid (based on H2S04 molecule)
(based on hydrogen ion)
67. Sulfur dioxide
68. Hydrogen sulfide
69. Carbon di sulfide
70. Hydrochloric acid (based on HCl molecule
(based on hydrogen ion)
71. Styrene
72. Thiophene
73. Toluylene diisocyanate
74. Toluene
75. Trichioroethylene
76. Carbon monoxide
77. Acetic acid
78. Acetic anhydride
79. Phenol
80. Formaldehyde
81. Phosphoric anhydride
82. Phthalic anhydride (vapors, aerosol)
83. Fluorine compounds (in terms F)
Gaseous compounds (HF, SiF4)
Soluble inorganic fluorides (NaF,
Na2SiF6)
Sparingly soluble inorganic fluorides
(AlF3, Na3AlF3, CaF2)
In the combined presence of gaseous
fluorine and fluorine salts
84. Furfural
85. Chlorine '
86. Chlorobenzene
87. Chloropropene
88. Hexavalent chromium (in terms of Cr03)
89 . Cyclohexanol
90. Cyclohexanone
91. Carbon tetrachloride
92 . Epichlorhydrin
93. Ethanol
94. Ethyl acetate
2
0.15

	
	
0.3
0.006
0.5
0.008
0.03
) 0.2
0.006
0.003
0.6
0.05
0.6
4-0
3.0
0.2
0.1
0-01
0.035
0.15
0^10

0.02

0.03

0.2

0.03
0.05
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.0015
0.06
0.04
4.0
0.2
5.0
0.1
3
0.05

0,0007
0.0017
0.3
0.006
0.05
0.008
0.01
0.2
0.006
0,003
	
0.02
0.6
1.0
1.0
	
	
0.01
0.012
0.05


0.005

0.01

0,03

0,01
0.05
0.03
0.10
0.10
0.0015
0.06
On/
.04
___
0,2
5f\
.0
0.1
-  3  -

-------
1
95.
96.
Ethylene
Ethylene oxide
2
3.0
0.3
3
3.0
0.03
     REMARKS

     1.  In the combined presence in atmospheric air of several substances
possessing a summation effect, the sum of their concentrations as calculated
by the formula below (§ 2) should not exceed 1 for:
          a)  acetone and phenol
          b)  sulfur dioxide and phenol
          c)  sulfur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide
          d)  sulfur dioxide and hydrogen fluoride
          e)  sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid aerosol
          f)  hydrogen sulfide and dowtherm
          g)  isopropylbenzene and isopropylbenzene hydroperoxide
          h)  furfural, methanol and ethanol
          i)  strong mineral acids (sulfuric, hydrochloric and nitric)  in
              terms of the hydrogen ion concentration (H)
          j)  ethylene, propylene, butylene and amylene
should not exceed 1.3 for:
          a)  acetic acid and acetic anhydride
should not exceed 1.5 for:
          a)  acetone and acetophenone
          b)  benzene and acetophenone
          c)  phenol and acetophenone

     2.  Formula for the calculation:
                   m,
                               m,
where X is the unknown total concentration:
    a     b     c      is the concentration of the substance being determined,
   	1	* "I" ~divided by the corresponding maximum permissible con-
     1      *-     *      centration for isolated action.

     3.  In the combined presence in atmospheric air of:
          a)  hydrogen sulfide and carbon disulfide
          b)'  carbon monoxide and sulfur dioxide
          c)  phthalic and maleic anhydrides and alpha-naphthoquinone, the
              maximum permissible concentrations for each of them individually
              are retained.
                                      - 4 -

-------
     4.  In the combined presence in atmospheric air of parachlorophenyl
isocyanate and metachlorophenyl isocyanate, temporarily, until a method of
their isolated determination is developed, the standardization should be
made on the more toxic substance, i. e., parachlorophenyl isocyanate.
     5.  The maximum permissible concentrations of noxious substances in
the atmospheric air of populated areas as.formulated in December 1966
(No. 655-66), should be considered obsolete.

-------
                    SOME ASPECTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECT

               OF MICROCONCENTRATIONS OF TWO CHLOROISOCYANATES
                                I. A. Zibireva
                    A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene,
                          Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR.

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie  i
gigienicheskoe znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red. V. A. Ryazanova.
Vypusk 11, Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 91-107, (1968).

     Chloroisocyanates  (para- and metachlorophenyl isocyanates), high-molecular-
weight compounds  that will be used in the production of a new herbicide,  para-
chlorophenyldimethylurea,  may occur as pollutants of the atmospheric air  of
populated areas.*

     The key element  of these compounds is a benzene ring, two hydrogen atoms
of which are replaced by an isocyanate group (-NCO) and a chlorine atom (-C1):
the substances differ in the position of the isocyanate group (para isomers).
Parachlorophenyl  isocyanate consists of white crystals with a pungent  sweeetish
odor.  Metachlorophenyl isocyanate is a colorless liquid with a similar odor.

     Data on the  toxicology of these compounds are very scarce.  The toxicolog-
ical properties of metachlorophenyl isocyanate have not been studied at all.
The effect of  parachlorophenyl isocyanate on the animal body has been  studied
by I. N. Frolova  (1962)  at the level of the maximum permissible concentration
for the air of industrial  buildings, 0.0001 mg/1 and higher.  As was shown by
the studies, parachlorophenyl isocyanate is a highly toxic substance.  When
it enters the  body by inhalation, its fatal concentrations are expressed  in
hundredths of  a milligram per liter.  The zone of the toxic effect is  extremely
narrow.  Parachlorophenyl isocyanate affects a number of the animal body
functions, causing dystrophic changes in the liver, kidneys, and heart muscle.

     A number  of  authors have indicated the ability of substances  of the  iso-
cyanate group  to  act  as allergens.  Isocyanates are highly active  compounds.
This leads to  the assumption that they react with the body proteins to form
antigenic proteids  (M.  V.  Gol'dblatt and Yu. Gol'dblatt, 1960).  It should be
noted that aliphatic  isocyanates (hexamethylene diisocyanates) are primarily
direct stimulants, whereas aromatic ones, which include para- and  metachloro-
phenyl isocyanates, have a lesser stimulant effect and are more likely to cause
a sensitization.
    *The
 of the
'he study was made at the request of the Dzerzhinsk Branch of the State Scientific Research Institute
Nitrogen Industry and Organic Synthesis, Which initiated this project.                   '
                                      - 6 -

-------
     The toxicological properties of isocyanates have attracted the attention
of researchers.  Aromatic isocyanates containing a chlorine atom in the ring
require a special study, since it is known that the appearance of a new chem-
ical group or atom in the molecule causes a change in the nature of the toxic
effect of a substance.  The strength of the effect is considerably affected
by the spatial arrangement of the substituent radicals in the molecule, i.e.,
by the position isomerism (A. A. Golubev and V. Ya. Rusin, 1963).

     The study of the nature of the effect of chloroisocyanates as possible
pollutants of atmospheric air is a very timely problem, since these com-
pounds have not yet been introduced into industrial production.

     In order to establish the degree and character of the effect of micro-
concentrations of para- and metachlorophenyl isocyanates, we studied the
reflex responses produced by the stimulation of the human respiratory organs
by these substances, and their resorptive effect on the body of animals.

     The results of the experiments were evaluated by the range method
(R. N. Biryukova, 1962) by considering the significance of the difference
between indices obtained under the influence of different concentrations of
chloroisocyanates and during inhalation of pure air (reflex effect) and the
differences between the indices of experimental and control groups of animals
(resorptive effect).

     The content of chloroisocyanates in air was checked by using a modified
variant of the method developed by A. A. Belyakov for determining the content
of parachlorophenyl isocyanate in the air of industrial buildings.  The
method is based on alkaline hydrolysis: parachlorophenyl isocyanate is con-
verted into parachloroaniline, the latter undergoes diazotization in a mixture
containing sodium nitrite and bromide, and azo coupling is carried out with
alpha-naphthol; a compound is thus formed which gives a pink color to the
solution.  The color intensity is measured with a photoelectrocolorimeter.
The sensitivity of the method is 1 ug in the sample.  Under the direction of
M. V. Alekseyeva, the sensitivity of the method was increased by introducing
changes into the relative proportions and volume of the reactants; in the
new modification, the method permits the detection of as little as 0.05 yg
of parachlorophenyl isocyanate in the sample.  The procedure proved applicable
to the determination of metachloircphenyl isocyanate as well (with the same
sensitivity).

     In the study of the reflex effect of chloroisocyanates on the human body,
the thresholds 'of olfactory perception were determined, and the influence of
microconcentrations of these substances on the light sensitivity of the eye
and the electrical activity of the human brain were studied by using physi-
ological methods employed for the standardization of atmospheric pollutants.
                                    - 7 -

-------
      As is evident from Table 1, parachlorophenyl isocyanate affects the
 reflex responses  of man in lower concentrations than metachlorophenyl
 isocyanate.   It is noteworthy that the odor subthreshold concentration of
 metachlorophenyl  isocyanate (0.008 mg/m3)  does not alter the course of the
 dark adaptation curve,  in contrast to the  first substance; the threshold
 concentration of  0.010  mg/m3 is active.  No such differences in the nature
 of action of the  substances were observed  in the electroencephalographic
 studies.
                                                      Table  1
                        Thresholds of Reflex Effect of Chloroisocyanates.
Substance
Parachlorophenyl
isocyanate . . .
Metachlorophenyl
isocyanate . . .
Olfactory
Perception
Light
Sensitivity
of the Eve
Electrical Activ-
ity of the Brain
Concentrations, mg/m5
Minimum
Perceptible
0,015
0,010
Maximum
Impercep-
tible
0,0064
0,008
1.5
0,0068
0,010
Maximum
Inactive
0,0029
0,008
1?
••-{ -H
s •*
0,0029
0,008
Maximum
Inactive
0,0015
0,005
     As has been shown by many authors,  the method of electroencephalography
permits a quantitative consideration of  the change of the  functional  state
of the central nervous system during the action of low concentrations of
toxic substances, and is the most sensitive method for the study of the re-
flex effect of atmospheric pollutants on the human body.   In our studies, we
used the "alpha-rhythm-burst response" technique developed by A. D. Semenenko.
A statistically significant depression of the alpha rhythm was  caused by
Chloroisocyanates in concentrations that did not affect the light sensitivity
of the eye.  Parachlorophenyl isocyanate did not change the electrical activ-
ity of the brain in a concentration of 0.0015 mg/m3, nor did metachlorophenyl
isoeyanate in a concentration of 0.005 mg/m3.

     The method is objective, and the work of the experimenter is considerably
facilitated and more accurate when a biocurrent integrator is connected.
However, the duration of the experiment  and possibly the excessive load on
the central nervous.system cause fatigue in the subject in the majority of
cases, and this has an adverse effect on the course of the experiment.  We
therefore set up experiments in accordance with a shortened variant of the
"alpha-rhythm-burst response" technique  proposed by Semenenko with a  smaller
load for the subject.  The duration of the test was cut by one-half,  i.e.,I   )
it lasted only 9 minutes.  The entire experiment as usual  consists of 18 qyclps,
each of which lasts half a minute, not one minute as before.  The cycle begins
                                    - 8 -

-------
with the supply of flickering light  (13 seconds); during that time, the
light intensity is changed 2 to 3 times.  This is followed by limbering
up  (about 10 seconds), which is interrupted by a sound signal; during the
next 4-5 seconds the subject waits.  The specified concentrations of the
substance are supplied in fractions, during the flickering light.

     When this technique is employed, the experiment is set up under ob-
viously difficult conditions:  the time of supply of the "gas" is shortened,
and the quantitative analysis of the curve is carried out in only 10 seconds.
If  the effect of the substance studied can be obtained under these conditions,
it  is probably more reliable, which  proves the sensitivity of the method.
Chloroisocyanates in the same concentration caused a decrease in the amplitude
of  the alpha rhythm that was sufficiently extensive and lasting to be con-
firmed statistically.  The inactive  concentrations were also in agreement.

     These  concentrations (0.0015 mg/m3. parachlorophenyl isocyanate and
0.005 mg/m^ metachlorophenyl isocyanate) are proposed as the highest single
maximum permissible concentrations for atmospheric air.

     When the organism is exposed to different compounds, aspects of the
effect that are specific and characteristic of certain substances can. be
noted as well as a number of nonspecific changes in the state of the organism
that are of the same  type for different poisons.  When the effect of low and
microconcentrations of atmospheric pollutants is studied, its specific fea-
tures disappear, and nonspecific shifts, which are regarded as a straining
of  the defensive reactions of the body in response to the action of the chem-
ical substances, assume a special importance.  The mobilization of the de-
fenses indicates that the ambient medium does not match the sanitary level.

     In order to determine the toxic effect of chloroisocyanates on the
animal body, a round-the-clock inhalational experiment was carried out on
white rats  (males) for 80 days.  The resorptive effect of para- and meta-
chlorophenyl isocyanates was studied in concentrations equal to the highest
single maximum permissible concentrations (0.0015 and 0.005 mg/m3 respectively)
and concentrations 20 times as high  (0.03 and 0.1 mg/m3).

     During the experiment, several  indices were observed:  ratio of the
rheobases and chrohaxies of antagonist muscles; excretion of coproporphyrin
with the urine (M. I. Gusev and Yu. K. Smirnov, 1960); electrophoretic
separation  of the protein fractions  of the blood serum (A. Ye. Gurvich,
1955) with  refractometric determination of total protein; counting of the
absolute number .of eosinophils in peripheral blood (S. M. Bakman, 1958);
determination of neutral 17-ketosteroids in the urine; amperometric titration
of  sulfhydryl groups in the blood serum.  At the end pf the exposure and of
the recovery period, the ascorbic acid content was studied in the adrenal
glands, kidneys, brain, and liver by titrating with 2. 6-dichlorophenol
indophenol; pyruvic acid was determined in the liver by the Friedemann-Haugen
                                    - 9 -

-------
method, the sulfhydryl groups were determined in the liver (N. N. Pushkina,
1963), and sialic acids in the blood serum were determined by the method
of Hess modified by Pushkina.

     In the study of the effect of smaller concentrations (0.0015 mg/m^ para-
chlorophenyl isocyanate, 0.005 mg/m3 metachlorophenyl isocyanate), no statis-
tically significant difference in the indices of the experimental and control
groups of animals was found in any of the tests.  These concentrations may be
recommended as the mean daily maximum permissible ones.

     Let us consider the effect of large concentrations:  0.03 mg/m3 parachloro-
phenyl isocyanate and 0.1 mg/m3 metachlorophenyl isocyanate.

     Electrophoretic analysis of the blood serum proteins (Fig. 1)  revealed
an appreciable decrease of the albumin-globulin ratio (more marked and last-
ing in the presence of parachlorophenyl isocyanate).  In addition,  parachloro-
phenyl isocyanate is characterized by a statistically significant increase of
the total globulins owing to an increase of the gamma globulin content and, to
a lesser extent of the beta globulin fraction during the first half of the
exposure.   The decrease of the albumin-globulin ratio during inhalation of
methylchlorophenyl isocyanate was due to the presence, on the one hand, of a
tendency toward a decrease in the amount of albumin, and on the other hand, to
an increase of globulins (in one case this increase was significant).  In the
individual globulin fractions, only the increase of alpha globulin content
was found to be appreciable; during the action of parachlorophenyl isocyanate,
this increase appeared in the second half of the experiment,  replacing the in-
crease of the gamma and beta globulin fractions.  At the same time, a statis-
tically significant decrease of albumins was also observed.

     S. Ya.  Kaplanskiy (1962) has pointed out that when the body is acted
upon by harmful agents, instead of the albumins leaving the circulatory
system, the latter is penetrated by alpha globulins originating in the liver,
some of which have the same electrophoretic mobility as the corresponding
serum globulins.  Similar changes in the ratio of protein fractions of the
blood serum apparently arise under the influence of metachlorophenyl iso-
cyanate and, during the second period of exposure, parachlorophenyl isocyanate.

     As far as the increase in total globulins and particularly in the gamma
globulin fraction during the action of parachlorophenyl isocyanate is con-
cerned, it is known that allergic disorders always involve changes  in the
protein fractions of the blood serum with a regular increase of individual
globulins (V. I. Pytskiy, 1963).  Globulins are highly reactive proteins that
readily combine with various substances.  Chemical substances of non-protein
nature causing allergy usually are not complete antigens and constitute de-
terminant groups, which acquire sensitizing properties only after combining
with the body proteins.  General activation of protein synthesis is a pre-
requisite without which there can be no manufacture of a protein that is new
                                     - 10 -

-------
 for an organism and characterized by  a specific affinity  for a given antigen.
 The majority of authors relate the  formation  of antibodies to gamma globulins,
 which display a rate of displacement  equal to that of  antibodies  in an elec-
 tric field.   In addition,  it is well  known that the production of  antibodies
 and gamma globulins is carried out  by cells of the plasma series  (P. F. Zdro-
 dovskiy,  1961).
                Parachlorophenyl isocyanate
               too
               80
               120
                120

                I0°
s
o
                #0
                too
                KO
                too
                Ba
                  k-
                  un 1
                          Albumin-globulin ratic
                          Exposure
                         Ibumin
                                      lobulins
                                            Metachlorophenyl isocyanate
                                      lpha i
                                      leta globulins
                                      amma globulins
                        tecoyeiy
                        Penoc
                                                A  B  A
                               55 74
                                        /d
                                               lit  29  44  55  74
                                                                18
                                    Observation Time, Days
                Fig. 1.  Change in the ratios of protein fractions of the blood
                serum during the action of parachlorophenyl isocyanate (0.03
                mg/m?) and metachlorophenyl isocyanate (0.1 mg/m?).
                1 - pure air; 2 - parachlorophenyl isocyanate, 0.03 mg/m';
                3 - metachlorophenyl isocyanate, 0.1 mg/m*.  The areas of sta-
                tistically significant changes are crosshatched. Degree of
                          significance:  a - 95.0#; b - 99.9%.

      Under  the influence of  various  factors, a change in the amount  of
eosinophils   in the blood  takes  place  in  the direction  of  both an increase
and  a decrease of their number  depending  on the  nature  of  the interaction.

      Considering that  the number of  eosinophils   in  the blood is a variable
quantity subject to fluctuations  in  the course  of a  day (daily rhythm),  the
blood of rats was taken under identical and constant conditions (before  feed-
ing), preferably during the morning hours, when  the  number of eosinophils
was  the lowest.
                                       -  11  -

-------
     The number of eosinophils in rats receiving metachlorophenyl isocyanate
did not differ from their number in the control animals during the entire
course of exposure.  Parachlorophenyl isocyanate induced a statistically sig-
nificant increase of the eosinophil content of the blood.  Eosinophilia (the
number of eosinophils was 42% higher than in animals of the control group)
corresponded in time to the increase of the gamma globulin fraction of the
blood serum and was absent in the second half of the exposure (Fig. 2).  One
of the constant symptoms of allergy is eosinophilia, observable in the blood,
tissues, and mucous membranes.  An increased bone marrow eosinophilopoiesis
is thought to take place during sensitization.  Yu. F. Valiyev (1964) indicates
the simultaneous presence of a relatively distinct relation between the in-
crease in the phagocytic capacity of eosinophiles and their content in differ-
ent intracellular substances, including those formed during an allergic re-
action.  It is possible that eosinophils active toward these substances are
transported with the blood stream toward the "shock" organs where the allergic
reaction becomes localized.  In the lungs and spleen of the experimental ani-
mals, accumulations of eosinophilic leucocytes were observed which were not
found in the organs of the control animals.

     In different experimental studies, the investigation of the. functional
state of the adrenal glands through observation of the excretion of neutral
17-ketosteroids with the urine is widely employed.  At the start of exposure
to parachlorophenyl isocyanate, the content of 17-ketosteroids in the urine
of the experimental animals did not differ substantially from the background
indices (see Fig. 2).   Later, simultaneously with a normalization of the con-
tent of the gamma globulin fraction and a certain decrease in the total glob-
ulins and in the number of eosinophils in the blood to the level of the con-
trol, there occurred an increase in the excretion of 17-ketosteroids with the
urine (the confidence factor of the changes was 99%).   A change in the content
of 17-ketosteroids in the urine of rats during the action of metachlorophenyl
isocyanate occurred much earlier, although it was insignificant in the first
half of the experiment.

     An intensified excretion of 17-ketosteroids indicates an increase in
the functional activity of the hypophyseal-adrenocortical system, which
characterizes stress reactions to harmful factors.  According to the data of
F. M. Shleyfman (1961), the greatest changes in the functional state of
adrenal glands are observed precisely during the period of progressive adapta-
tion to an external irritant.  A similar interpretation of the increased ex-
cretion of 17-ketosteroids may be entirely attributed to the action of meta-
chlorophenyl isocyanate.

     During the action of parachlorophenyl isocyanate, the reaction of the
adrenal glands apparently has a more specific character and takes place ini
response to the sensitizing effect of the substance.  As a result of the iti-
creased activity of the hypophyseal-adrenocortical system, there is an enhance-
ment of the excretion of gluco-corticoids, which, because of their antiallergic
                                    - 12 -

-------
effect,  depress the plasmacytic reaction  (P.  F.  Zdrodovskiy, 1961,  1964)  and
hence,  antibody production,  and depress eosinophilopoiesis.   We tend  to  re-
gard  the increase of the  total globulins  in  the  blood serum with a  predomin-
ance  of  the gamma globulin  fraction, eosinophilia and the superseding increase
of excretion of neutral  17-ketosteroids indicating an intense formation  of
gluco-corticoids, as indications of a possible sensitizing effect of  para-
chlorophenyl isocyanate  (0.03 rng/m^).  These  indications disappear  when  the
               120
            6
            CO
            h
            in s:
            •a to
            -p >>
            8-8
            -p O
                  Background
Exposure
Recovery period
                                            51
           66
                                                          10
                                        Observation time, days
                 Fig. 2.  Effect of chloroisocyanates on the level of eosinophiles
                 in peripheral blood and excretion of neutral 17-ketosteroids with
                 the urine.  Notation same as in Fig. 1.
humoral  medium in which the  reaction between the  antigen and the corresponding
antibodies  takes place changes  in a direction unfavorable to the occurrence  of
sensitization processes.   It should also be kept  in  mind that there is no
single test which could completely determine the  allergic nature of the effect;
it becomes  necessary to content oneself with only a  set of positive data
(B. S. Preobrazhenskiy, 1964).
                                      -  13  -

-------
      We were interested in the supply of vitamins  to  the organism of the
 experimental animals:   in the adrenal glands, a decrease in the content
 of ascorbic acid, which is involved in the oxidative  transformation of
 steroid hormones, is  a manifestation of an increase in  the functional activ-
 ity of the adrenals;  the process of antibody formation  is sensitive to a de-
 ficiency of vitamins.   The content of ascorbic and pyruvic acids (the latter
 may be used as an indicator of the level of vitamin B-^  in the body) was de-
 termined in the organs  of the rats.  Results of the analyses  are given in
 Table 2.
                                                      Table 2
                Change of Certain Biochemical Indices During the Action of Para-
                   chlorophenyl Isocyanate and Metachlorophenyl Isocyanate.
Biochemical Index
\Htamin C, ng$
Adrenal glands . .
Kidneys



Liver pyruvic
acid, mg % .
Sulfhydryl r
groups, yinoles . . .
^-Sialie acids of
Mijed serum, ng %
Control
(Pure Air)
525,4±17,0
18 8±1 4
39 4+1,7
29,4-1-2,9

1,9+0,6
0.90+.0.0!
152,8±4,7
Parachloro-
phenyl iso- •
cyanate. 0.03 .
ng/m3
332,2±24,7(c)
10 4+1 3 (b)
29 4±1,3 (b)
21 8±1.3 (a)

5,0+0,6(b)
0,53±0,ll(a)
263,0±28,0(b)
Metachlpro-
phenyl isocy- , ,
anate, 0.1 mg/nP
320, 1 + 21, 2 (c)
95+17 (b)
29,2+1,9 (b)
21,0±1,9 (a)

4,2+0,7 (a)
0,75±0,02(c)
229,6±19,3(b)
                    Remarks.  1.  The table gives values of M + m.  2.  Degree of sig-
               nificance: a - 93#; b - 99*; c - 99.9#
      Chloroisocyanates caused a decrease  of vitamin C level in the adrenal
glands, kidneys,  brain, and liver;  this decrease was most pronounced in  the
kidneys and adrenal glands (by 45.7-36.7%).   Rats have the ability to syn-
thesize ascorbic  acid in the course of intermediate metabolism in response
to the influence  of unfavorable factors of  the ambient medium (B. A. Lavrov
and B. I. Yanovskaya, 1956).

     However,  during a prolonged action of  chloroisocyanate, the increased
biosynthesis of vitamin C evidently does  not compensate for the greater  de-
mand of the rat organism for this vitamin,  and this results in a decrease of
the content of ascorbic acid not only in  the adrenal glands but also in  other
organs.
                                     - 14 -

-------
     An accumulation of pyruvic acid was observed in the liver.  A delay in
the splitting of this acid can be used as an indication of hypovitaminosis
B-j^, since thiamine in the form of the pyrophosphate is a coenzyme partici-
pating in the oxidative decarboxylation of pyruvic acid.  Z. S. Gershanovich
and A. I. Minkina (1951) found that vitamin B^ retards the oxidation of
ascorbic acid.  A decrease of the thiamine level as a result of the action
of chloroisocyanates promotes the consumption of vitamin C in the rat organ-
ism even further.

     These vitamins also share an affinity for the sulfhydryl groups of
proteins.  Ascorbic acid is thought to be involved in the metabolism of
glutathione and other sulfhydryl groups.  The presence of a certain amount
of sulfhydryl groups is necessary for the reduction of dehydroascorbie acid
to ascorbic acid.  The enzyme system of oxidation and decarboxylation of py-
ruvic acid is considered to be a sulfhydryl enzyme.  At the same time, all
enzyme poisons reacting with sulfhydryl groups substantially affect the activ-
ity of thiamine-containing enzymes  (R. S. Vorob'yeva and S. V. Suvorov, 1961).

     It should be kept in mind that the sensitivity of thiol enzymes to
various chemical agents apparently varies, so that the effect of each of them
is unique.  Many are undoubtedly capable of reacting not only with thiol
radicals but also with other chemical groups, and this gives a distinctive
mark to the character of their effect (M. L. Belen'kiy and V. I. Rozengart,
1949).  Para- and metachlorophenyl isocyanates cause a decrease in the amount
of sulfhydryl groups in the blood serum.  A decrease in the content of sulf-
hydryl groups in the liver was also observed (see Table 2).  It is possible
that chloroisocyanates interact with the reactive groups of proteins (sulf-
hydryl groups) and also with certain forms of thiamine.

     Of late, attention has been focused increasingly on the study of carbo-
hydrate-protein complexes and products of their splitting.  Most of the
techniques are based on the determination of the sialic acids (collective
name for derivatives of neuraminic acid) entering into their composition,
since sialic acids constitute the most reactogenic group of glycoproteins.
Glycoproteins include hormones, enzymes, enzyme inhibitors and activators,
and hormone carriers.  Glycoproteins include many substances having a sero-
logical specificity (gamma globulins, complement components).  The function
of sialic acids in the body has thus far received little study, but the avail-
able data indicate that they participate in defensive mechanisms against the
action of harmful agents (A. A. Titayev et al., 1964).

     We used the determination of the content of sialic acids in the blood
serum as an indicator of the nonspecific changes resulting from the effect
of chemical substances on the rat organism.  Chloroisocyanates caused a
70-50% statistically significant increase in the content of sialic acids
relative to the control (see Table 2).
                                    - 15 -

-------
     In substantiating the maximum permissible concentrations of atmospheric
pollutants, the excretion of coproporphyrins with the urine is frequently
studied as an indicator of general biological shifts in the body.  A marked
decrease of the content of coproporphyrins in the urine took place under
the influence of chloroisocyanates.  The confidence factor of the changes
caused by parachlorophenyl isocyanate was 99%, and metachlorophenyl isocya-
nate, 95%.

     All the changes caused by the inhalation of chloroisocyanates were
associated with shifts in the values of the rheobases and chronaxies of the
extensors and flexors of the right rear shin (the determination was made by
using a standard technique with the aid of an ISE-01 electronic stimulator).
Against the background of an increase in the rheobase of the extensors, their
chronaxy was shortened; the rheobase of the flexors decreased slightly with-
out causing any appreciable changes of the chronaxy.  These shifts lead to
a disturbance of the normal ratios of the rheobases and chronaxies of the
extensors and flexors:  a change of the rheobases in opposite directions
causes an increase of their ratio in antagonist muscles; the chronaxies of
the extensors and flexors converge, causing an inversion of their ratio,
which falls below unity (Fig. 3).  More pronounced and stable changes occur
under the influence of parachlorophenyl isocyanate.

     According to the data of many authors (Yu. M. Uflyand, D. N. Markov,
A. N. Magnitskiy, and others), the action of various unfavorable factors
leads to an attenuation of the influence of the central nervous system on
the periphery, and this effects a change in the values of the rheobase and
chronaxy and an impairment of the interrelationships between antagonist
groups of muscles.

     In the course of a three-week recovery period, disturbances in the
various systems of the experimental animals disappeared, indicating a
functional character of the shifts observed.

     In summarizing, it may be stated that the action of large concentrations
of the substances studied gives rise to changes that indicate both a non-
specific action of the two chloroisocyanates and, to a certain extent, the
ability of parachlorophenyl isocyanates to cause a sensitization of the organism.

     Symptoms of the allergic effect of parachlorophenyl isocyanate were ob-
served only during the first half of the exposure.  It is probable that in a
concentration of 0.03 mg/m^, while stimulating the manufacture of antibodies,
this substance simultaneously stimulates mechanisms which depress antibody
formation and the allergic reaction.  I. Ya. Uchitel1 and E. L. Khasman (1964)
suggested that the slight production of antibodies upon immunization of ani- i
mals with polysaccharide complexes that, like many allergens, are not complete
antigens, takes place because the doses of endotoxin capable of causing ^he
formation of antibodies are sufficiently large to give rise to a stress reaction
                                     - 16 -

-------
 that  can depress the production  of a specific protein.  This  type of endo-
 toxin action is observed,  for  example, in rats, animals which are particu-
 larly sensitive to the action  of a stressor (P. F. Zdrodovskiy,  1964).   This
 is  apparently why rats are  resistant to the action of  allergens.
                                 Observation time, days
               Fig. 5.  Ratio of the rheobases and chronaxies of antagonist muscles
               during exposure to chloroisocyanates.  Notation same as in Fig. 1.
     Parachlorophenyl isocyanate has  a somewhat similar effect.   It  should
be remembered,  however, that the intensity of the irritant is  too low  to
classify  this  substance as a stressor in the generally accepted sense.   The
observed  changes in the pattern of  action of parachlorophenyl  isocyanate in
the course  of  the experiment should apparently be attributed to the  duration
and continuity  of the effect.  The  fact that metachlorophenyl  isocyanate has
no such specific action may be ascribed to its lower toxicity.
                                      - 17 -

-------
                                Conclusions

     1.  The low level of the active concentrations indicates a high toxicity
of the chloroisocyanates.  As shown by the results of the studies, parachloro-
phenyl isocyanate is the more toxic substance.

     2.  The toxic effect of both chloroisocyanates is chiefly manifested in
a straining of the defensive reactions of the body.  During the action of
parachlorophenyl isocyanate (0.03 mg/m3), there are certain signs of aller-
gization of the animals, this being uncharacteristic of the meta isomer in
the concentrations studied.  In experimental studies of the effect of atmos-
pheric pollutants, it is necessary to consider the possibility of a sensitiz-
ing action of chemical substances in low concentrations.

     3.  Differences in chemical structure are of unquestionable significance
in the degree and character of the action of microconcentrations of chloro-
isocyanates.

     4.  The highest single and mean daily maximum permissible concentrations
of para- and metachlorophenyl isocyanates are proposed at levels of 0.0015
and 0.005 mg/m3, respectively.
                               LITERATURE CITED
Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the end of the
       volume in the 1968 bibliography.
                                    - 18 -

-------
         THE TOXICOLOGY OF LOW CONCENTRATIONS  OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
                                   I.  S. Gusev
                      A. N. Sysin Institute  of General and Communal Hygiene,
                           Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR
From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.   "Biologicheskoe deystvie  i
gigienicheskoe znachenie  atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red.  V. A. Ryazanova.
Vypusk 11, Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 132-150,  (1968).

     The  steady  interest  in benzene,  toluene  and xylene  shown by toxicologists
and hygienists is due to  the fact that these  substances  thus far have not  lost
their industrial importance, possess  a pronounced toxicity  with a  wide  spectrum
of effects and,  despite a large number of studies,  remain far from adequately
studied.  The toxicity of benzene, toluene and xylene has been studied  (but not
at all to the same  extent) in  acute and subacute experiments on animals and also
in chronic experiments at the  concentrations  prevailing  under industrial condi-
tions and exceeding the existing  maximum  permissible  levels for plant shop areas.
The influence of low concentrations,  i. e., concentrations  equal to  or  below
the existing maximum permissible  ones for industrial  buildings, has  not been
studied.

     During the  entire history of the toxicology of these substances, most
attention was concentrated on  the investigation of benzene. Considering it
to be the most toxic of aromatic  hydrocarbons of the  benzene series, toxi-
cologists have aimed most of their investigations at  low benzene concentrations.

     Yu.  V. Novikov (1957) studied the effect of benzene in concentrations
of 64 and 13 mg/nP  during an exposure of  5% months, at the  rate of six  hours six
times a week.  At the 64  mg/m   concentrations, the animals  showed  functional
shifts in higher nervous  activity; these  shifts appeared during the  2nd-4th
month of  exposure and gradually progressed.   The effect  was manifested  in  the
disinhibition of differentiating  inhibition,  extension of the latent period
of conditioned reflexes to a bell and loss of motor conditioned reflexes to
red light in rats of weak type, and also  in the appearance  of equalizing and
paradoxical phases  in other rats. Changes in the central nervous  system
were observed pathomorphologically.   They were much less distinct  in rats
of the second group.   No  distinct changes were found  in  the morphological
composition of the  blood.

     A. P. Volkova  (1958)  carried out a dynamic exposure of rabbits  to  benzene
in concentrations of 50 and 20 mg/m^  (three hours each in the course of three
months).  During the action of the first  concentration,  leucopenia,  throm-
bopenia,  anemia  and reticulocytosis were  observed in  the animals;  the phagocytic
activity  of the  blood leucocytes  decreased by 50%.  At the  20 mg/m^  concen-
tration,  a slight leucocytosis was observed in the blood of the animals; the
phagocytic activity of the blood  decreased by 40%.  Numerous hemorrhages were
                                     - 19 -

-------
observed anatomicopathologically in the internal organs, and considerable ones
(as well as petechial hemorrages in the lungs) were found in the cortical and
medullary substance of the kidneys.

     A. I. Korbakova, S. N. Kremneva, N. K. Kulagina and I. P. Ulanova (1960)
studied the effect of benzene concentrations of 20-40 mg/m^ in the course of
a 12-month chronic exposure (5% hours six times a week).  The animals used
were cats, rabbits, and rats.  In all the animals, the exposure caused undu-
latory and gradually progressive changes in the nervous system, and a tendency
toward a depression of cholinesterase activity.  Changes in the blood appeared
after disorders in the nervous system and were manifested in a decrease of the
total amount of thrombocytes, a certain shift to the left at the end of the
exposure, and the appearance of young neutrophils.

     The indicated studies are the only experimental ones on the effect of
low benzene concentrations.  No experiments have been conducted on the effect
of low concentrations of toluene and xylene.

     Another practically important and scientifically interesting problem is
that of the dependence of the degree and character of the toxicity of a sub-
stance on the change of its chemical structure, i. e., the problem of the
comparative toxicity of substances of a single series.  Until now, the solution
of this problem has been approached from the standpoint of the effect of these
substances on the blood and blood-forming organs, this effect being considered
the most dangerous and specific.  Thus, not one official classification of
chronic intoxication with benzene mentions changes in the nervous system.  Most
often, the problems of the interrelationship of specific and nonspecific re-
actions in a comparative evaluation of the effect of benzene and its homologs
remained outside the scope of the researchers.

     In recent years, papers dealing with the effect of the substances studied
on the central nervous system have been published quite frequently.  Thus,
R. I. Yaroslavskaya (1952) noted that a decrease in the excitability of the
cerebral cortex during the action of benzene takes place before the develop-
ment of characteristic changes in the peripheral blood.  G. E. Rozentsvit
(1954) pointed out that the early stages of chronic benzene intoxication
lead to disorders of the functional state of the cerebral cortex and of. the
cortical-subcortical neurodynamics.  Disorders of the nervous system fre-
quently precede changes in the blood and often are the only sign of intoxica-
tion.  N. V. Revnova (1965) cited the data of an observation of 100 patients,
in 19 of which the only manifestation of intoxication with benzene, toluene
and xylene were disorders of the nervous system functional in character and
defined as a neurasthenia syndrome with vegetative dysfunction.

     The studies cited above (Yu. V. Novikov, 1957; A. I. Korbakova et al,
1960) also note an earlier and pronounced disturbance of the functions of
the central nervous system during the action of benzene.  These data indicate
                                     - 20 -

-------
a major importance of disorders of the activity of the nervous system in the
pathogenesis of occupational intoxications and the necessity of a compre-
hensive evaluation of all the changes arising under the influence of the
substances studied.

     Changes in the fine structures of the central nervous system  and
distortions of the biochemical processes give rise to disorders of the
physiological functions.  That is why in the prophylaxis of intoxications it
is so important to study "nonspecific" reactions during exposure to low con-
centrations of toxic substances and to establish their thresholds.

     The interest in the toxicology of low concentrations of chemical sub-
stances is explained by the possibility of not only their action on the
human body under industrial conditions, but also their penetration of atmos-
pheric air and action on the organisms of the population living in the
vicinity of the industrial plants.  The effect of the poison depends not
so much on its concentration as on the duration of'its action.  Consequently,
under the conditions prevailing in populated areas, the danger of contact
with low concentrations increases considerably.  The mode of action of pol-
luted air of populated areas on the human body has been taken into account in
the practical standardization of the mean daily maximum permissible concen-
trations of atmospheric pollutants, which specifies that a prolonged round-
the-clock experiment must be carried out.  The mean daily concentrations of
toluene and xylene have not been established thus far, and the mean daily
maximum permissible concentration of benzene requires an additional experi-
mental verification.

     The object of the present study was to obtain experimental data on the
effect of benzene, toluene and xylene in concentrations below the existing
maximum permissible ones for industrial buildings (the maximum permissible
value for benzene is 20 mg/m^ and for'toluene and xylene, 50 mg/nH), to
evaluate them in a comparative manner, and also to obtain experimental material
for substantiating the maximum permissible concentrations of these substances
in the atmospheric air of populated areas.

     To this end, we conducted a continuous 85-day exposure of 105 white male
rats divided into 7 groups with 15 animals in each group.  Pure air was sup-
plied at a rate of 35 1/min into tjxe chamber of the first group of animals
(control), and air with an admixture of a certain amount of the substances
studied was supplied to the remaining groups.  The average concentrations
in the chambers during the exposure and their fluctuations are shown in Table
1.  The concentrations of the substances in the chambers were controlled
daily.  The average concentrations of the substances during the exposure were
close to the calculated ones, with small indices of error of the arithmetic
means.  The air samples were taken and analyzed by using the techniques of
M. V. Alekseyeva (1964).
                                      - 21 -

-------
                                                    Table 1
                Concentrations of.Bei
                          During
ne, Toluene and Xylene in the Chambers
  .-the-Clock Exposure
Group
First
Second •
Third
Fourth
Fifth
Sixth
Seventh
Substance
Control
' > Benzene
' 1 Toluene
" } Xylene
Concentration, ng/m'
Calcu-
lated
1,5
15.0
0,6
15,0
0.2
15,0
Average for
the Period
of Exposure
1,49-4-0.024
15,07±0,233
0,59-1-0,009
14,65±0,1G2
0,234-0.006
14,60±0,168
Range
1.05—1,90
12,0—18,5
0,43—0,78
12.0—16,6
• 0,16—0,38
12,1—17,4
     The concentrations of benzene (1.5 mg/m3), toluene (0.6 mg/m^), and xylene
(0.2 mg/m^) were taken at the level of subthreshold concentrations for  the  re-
Elex effect (I. S.'Gusev, 1965).  These concentrations are found most frequently
Ln atmospheric air, and the study of the possibility of their resorptive effect
Ls of definite interest from the standpoint of a sanitary evaluation of the pol-
lution of air in populated areas.

     The concentration of the substances studied,"15 mg/m3 (10 times the sub-
threshold value for the reflex effect of benzene), was taken at the same level
for the purpose of the clearest possible comparative evaluation of their toxic
affect.

     Before the exposure, the animals were kept in chambers for two weeks to
get them to adapt to the conditions of the experiment and to record the back-
ground data on the indices of interest to us.  The exposure was followed by
a one-month recovery period.

     The animals were fed twice a day in accordance with the standards  set
forth by the instructions of the Ministry of Health of the USSR,'with the daily
Introduction of cereals, meat, milk, vitamins, vegetables, bread, and feed
pellets.  The animals received water in unlimited amounts.

     In order to'reinforce the changes detected and to identify latent  signs
af intoxications, during the'second half of exposure, a 15-day partial  starving
af the animals was conducted, which is considered in toxicology as one  of the
nethods of functional loading that'disturbs the existing systems of complex
reflex regulations.  Cereals, meat, milk and bread were excluded from the ration.
rhe animals were fed once:  feed pellets and vegetables.

     In the course of the experiment, observations were made on the dynamics  j
uf the weight and the general condition of the experimental animals.  Considetf-
ing that the substances studied were poisons for the central nervous system
                                     - 22  -

-------
and blood, we concentrated our attention on these functions.  Analyses  of  the
ratios of motor chronaxies of antagonist muscles and of the cholinesterase
activity of whole  blood served as indices of the effect on the central  system.
The effect on the  blood was evaluated from changes in the total number  of
leucocytes and differential white count of the rats.

     The results of  all the observations were treated statistically  by  the
range method, with the'determination of the degree of significance of the
changes obtained  (A. M«, Merkov, 1960).

     We began the  studies on healthy adult rats with an average weight  of
220 g (the weight  range from 180 to 260 g in the groups).  During  the exposure,
the external appearance of the experimental animals did not differ appreciably
from that of the controls.  Animals of the third, fifth and seventh  groups,
exposed to the substances studied in a'concentration'of 15 mg/m^,  were  char-
acterized by an increased excitability, restlessness, unwillingness  to  be
handled, and agressiveness, manifested particularly in rats of the seventh
group (xylene).

     Animals in all  the groups willingly accepted food and gained  weight normal-
ly.  They were weighed once every 20 days.  The changes were  evaluated  from the
percent increase over the initial weight.  In the first half  of the  exposure,
the weight of rats of all the groups did not differ from that of the controls.
During the period  of experimental starving, animals of all the groups lost
weight; the most pronounced weight loss was observed in rats  of the  seventh
group.  Subsequently, their weight lagged slightly behind the weight of the
control animals, but the data of the change were not statistically significant.
                    . f.SO -
                           Periods of experiment (in 10-day segments)
                    Fig. 1.  Dynamics of ratios of motor chronaxies of antag-
                    onist muscles in animals of the second, fourth, sixth and
                                   control groups.
                    1 - control group; 2 - .second group; 3 - fourth group;
                                  4 -"sixth group


     Muscular chronaxy is subject to cortical regulatory  influences.   Changes
of the motor  chronaxy are due to disturbances of  the functional  state of the
                                       - 23 -

-------
cerebral cortex and, in particular, of the motor analyzer of the cortex*
(U. Sh. Akhmerov, 1956).

     The level of the ratios of motor chronaxies of antagonist muscles is
completely determined by central influences, and its change is regarded as
an attenuation of the subordinating influences of the cerebral cortex.

     Our studies of the motor chronaxy and rheobase were carried out with
an ISE-01 pulsed electronic stimulator on five rats of each group, once
every ten days.  These indices were determined on the flexors and extensors
of the right rear shin.  The response was recorded from the twitch of the paw.
Average results of the ratios of chronaxies of antagonist muscles for the
groups of experimental animals were treated statistically with reference to
the analogous indices of the control (Table 2).

     As is evident from this table, the average ratios of motor chronaxies
of antagonist muscles in animals of the second, fourth and sixth groups
during the action of subthreshold concentrations of benzene, toluene and
xylene in terms of the reflex effect did not differ appreciably from the
analogous indices of the control group.  Statistical treatment of the material
did not show any significant changes in any of the groups (Fig. 1).

     The action of the substances studied in concentrations of 15 mg/m^ caused
distinct and profound changes in the ratios of chronaxies.  As early as the
20th day of exposure, an inverted ratio was observed in animals of the seventh
group, whereas a pronounced decrease of the ratios of chronaxies was noted in
animals of the fifth group.  In rats of the third group (benzene), statis-
tically significant changes of these indices were noted ten days later.  Sub-
sequently, these changes became accentuated, retaining high confidence factors
until the end of the exposure.  During the partial experimental starving, the
degree of inversion of the ratios of chronaxies of antagonist muscles in the
groups of animals under consideration increased somewhat.  After the starva-
tion, a certain increase of the ratios was observed in animals of the third
group, whereas a further accentuation of the changes took place in animals
of the fifth and seventh groups, particularly marked in animals of the latter
(Fig. 2).  An interesting sequence was established during the recovery period.
A rapid recovery was observed in animals of the third group; as early as the
20th day of this period, the changes became insignificant, and toward the end
of the month the ratio of chronaxies returned to its original level. -The
indices under study returned to normal somewhat more slowly in rats of the
fifth group; the significance of the changes disappeared toward the end of
the month, but the level of the ratios still lagged behind the control.  A very
slow recovery was noted in the seventh group of animals; an inverted ratio of
chronaxies with a high degree of significance of the detected changes was
preserved until the end of the recovery period.
    * Editor's note:  motor cortex.
                                    -  24 -

-------
                                                                                                                    Table 2
                          Change in.the Ratios of Motor Chronaxies of Antagonist Muscles in the Course of.Chronic Exposure of Animals
                              .	        to Low Concentrations of _Benzene,  Toluene, and Xylene.       	.
in

 I


Group

First , .
Second . .
Third . .
Fourth
Fifth . . .
Sixth a .
Seventh . .
Average Values for Groups of Ratios of Chronaxies of Antagonist Muscles
Background

tv4^
1.33
l,28(o)
l,33(o)
l,27(o)
!,29(o)
l,29(o)
l,27(o)

•.": 2 ;•
1,27
l,26(o)
1.36(o)
l,2G(o>
Exnosure

3
1,33
1.34(o)
1^2(0)
l,32(o
1.30(o)! 1.29(0)
1,32(0)
1,30(0)

4
1,31
1,23(0)
1.24(o)
l,30(o)
l,08(b)
l,35(o)
0,98(b)

5
1,32
1.27(o)
0,88(b)
l,28(o)
0,82(c)
l,27(o)
0,73(c)

6
1,33
l,34(o
0,76 (c
l,33(o
0.74(c



l,32(o)
0,79 (c)
<
7
1,31
l,28(o)
0,70 (c)
l,30(o).
0.69(c)
l,27(o)
0,69(c)

8
1,32
l,33(o)
0.73 (c)
1.34(o)
0,63 (c)
l,26(o)
0.57(c)
Recovery

9
J.35
1 ,31 (o)
0,93(b)
l,33(o)
0.85(b)
'1 .35 (o)
0.63(c)

10
,32
,28(o)
,29(o)
.09 (a)
.30(0)
0,87 (b)

11
1,33
1.30(o)
—
l,20(o)
0.97(b)
                             Note. ,In this and the_following tables,  the  letters a, b, and c denote the confidence factors of the
                          data obtained, corresponding to the probability  of an error  of not more than 5, 1, and 0.1$ respectively.
                          o - not significant.

-------
                                                   covery period
                      123  US  6  7  6  9  10  11  12
                         Periods of experiment (in ten-day segments)
                  Fig. 2.  Dynamics of ratios of motor chronaxies of antag-
                  onist '.muscles in animals of the third, fifth, seventh and
                  control  groups.
                  1 - control group; 2 - third group; 5 - fifth group;
                               4 - seventh group.
     The dynamics  of  tatios of motor chronaxies  of antagonist muscles during
the action of benzene,  toluene and xylene in  concentrations of 15 mg/m3  indi-
cates the extent and  manifestation of the changes taking place in the central
nervous system.

     Choiinesterase is  one of the antiregulatory factors participating in  the
pathogenesis of all the vegetative disorders  associated with an increased
formation of acetylcholine; the ability of  the organism to'adapt is explained
by the humoral mechanism of self-regulation (D.  Ye Al pern, 1958).

     Studies of the cholinesterase activity of whole blood were made by  using
the Fleischer-Pope photometric method (1954)  modified by the department  of
communal hygiene of the First Moscow Medical  Institute im. M. I. Sechenov.
The modifications  introduced into the Fleischer-Pope method concerned the
sequence of the control setup and the number  of  control samples.

     Having observed  that blood per se does not  give a color in solutions,
the staff of the department proposed that duplication of controls with blood
for each of the experimental samples be excluded, and replaced with a single
control for a given experiment.  The sequence of the subsequent procedure  »
remained unchanged.

     The observations were made on five rats  of  each group, twice a month  over
                                       - 26 -

-------
the course of the entire study.  The blood was taken from the tail vein of
the animals.  Average values of the cholinesterase activity of whole blood
according to groups of animals and the results of the statistical treatment
are presented in Table 3.

     As is evident from this table, the cholinesterase activity showed marked
fluctuations in all the groups in the course of the exposure.

     For greater clarity, the results of the study of cholinesterase activity
are given in percent of the control (Fig. 3).

     No significant changes were detected in the statistical treatment of data
of the second, fourth and sixth groups.  The cholinesterase activity of rats
of the third, fifth and seventh groups during the first half of the exposure
showed a depressant tendency that was statistically significant for the seventh
group only.  During the second half of the exposure, particularly the starva-
tion period, an increase in cholinesterase activity significant only for rats
of the fifth group was observed.

     Thus, the study of the cholinesterase activity of whole blood in the
course of round-the-clock exposure of the animals to benzene, toluene and
xylene did not yield any clear-cut data that would enable one to use the
effect of the substances studied on the central nervous system in a compara-
tive evaluation based on this index.

     The lack of precise and definite results in no way indicates an absence
of the effect of benzene, toluene and xylene in a concentration of 15 mg/m^
on the state of the central nervous system.  This method, based on the deter-
mination of total cholinesterases (specific and pseudo) cannot compare with
chronaximetry in sensitivity.  In our view, a given intensity of the action
of the substances studied may affect the mediator factors of nervous stimula-
tion in animals of heightened sensitivity (even for a given duration of con-
tact), as illustrated by a marked and stable depression of cholinesterase
activity in rats Nos. 9 and 10 (seventh group).  Benzene, toluene and xylene
are not specific inhibitors of cholinesterase and it is entirely possible
that a longer contact time is necessary for the manifestation of a more pro-
nounced action of these substances on the mediator functions.
                                 I
     Recent studies by A. P. Volfcbva (1958), A. I. Korbakova et al. (1960),
Kuhbock and Lachnit (1962), Deichmann and Villiam (1963) and others indicate
more frequent and earlier damage of the white blood cells during the action
of low benzene concentrations.

     We determined the total number of leucocytes twice a month on five rats
of each group.  The blood was taken from the tail vein by incision, asepsis
rules being observed.  The blood was withdrawn by using N. M. Nikolayev's
sampling method.  The counting was done in a Goryayev chamber.
                                     -  27 -

-------
                                                                                                                Table 3
                          Change in the Cholinesterase Activity of Whole Blood  of Animals in the Course of Chronic Exposure to Low
                                                       Concentrations  of Benzene, Toluene and Xylene,
10
00
Group
First .......

Third ' . . . \ . .
Fourth
Fifth . 	
Sixth ' 	
Seventh . 	

Average Indices for Grouns According to Periods of Exneriment.
Background
1
204,6
217,4(0)
204,2(o)
192.8(0)
197,0(o)
231,4(0)
221..6 (o)
2
174,2 >
186,8(0)
188,0(6)
162,8(o)
184,8(0)
180,0(o)
lG3,6(o)
Exposure
3
170,8
170,2 (o)
172,8(0)
160,0(0)
173, 2 (o)
195,4 (o)
176,0(0)
4
225,0
231,4 (o
204,0 (o
194.4 (o
199,0 (o
198,6 (o
166,0 (A
)
5
200.0
208,6(o)
200,2(0
196,0(0
185,8(0
227,4(0
185,4 (o)
'6
162,8
175,8
174,6
173,0
223,6
207,0
184,0
o)
o)
o)
o!
(o)
7
242,8
250, 8(0)
233,2(o)
214,6(o)
250.8(o)
237.6(o)
215,2(o)
Recovery
S
233.3
210,0(oi
228,3(0)
200,0(o)
•228,3(0)
215,0(o)
183,3 (o\

-------
  130

  120

17/0.

a/00
I  80
3
4->
to

                                     vatiOT
                             Exposure
                                      /\
                                      Star-
                                      vation
                                            \
                                              \
                                              Recovery
                                               Period
           {2345678
              •Periods of experiment (15 days')
      -———  Control group       —	Benzene
      —•—  Toluene             ~	   Xylene

   Tig. 5.  Change in the cholinesterase activity of
   whole blood of animals in the course of round-the-
                   clock exposure.
   1.- cholinesterase activity of animals of .the third,
   fifth, seventh, and control groups; 2 - cholinesterase
   activity of animals of the second,  fourth, sixth, and
                      control groups.
                                  Starvation
                                                  iCovery
           /.    Z    3     t     5     6-     7     8

            Periods of experiment (two weeks)
   Fig. 4.  Total  number  of leucocytes in the peripheral
   blood of animals of the  second, fourth, sixth and
   control groups.  Notation same as in Fig. 1.
                           -  29  -

-------
                                                                                        Table 4

Change in the Total Number of Leucocytes  in  the Peripheral Blood of Animals During the Action of Low
                              Concentrations of Benzene, Toluene and Xylene.


Group
First
Second- • •
Third t
Fourth '
Fifth 	
Sixth 	


Average Indices for Groups AccordinR to Periods of Exceriment
Background Exposure
1
18280

17 750 (o)
18210(o)
18420
19610
17050
20 150

o)
3
nl

2 3
18800
20620(o
19460 o
20260(o
20550(o
19350(o
20 870 (o

20550(o)
18220(0)
17 930 (o)
20210(0)
19990(o)
18 130 (o)
19690(o)

4
19670
20050 (o
18210 (o
20780 (o
19 490 (o
20 100 (o
27890 (a





5
26530
24860
16690
26670
25000
25090
27060


?,
o)
°
0)
o)

6
21230
21 370 (o)
15460 (o)
•22420 (o)
17050 (o)
19630 (o)
27 830 (a)

7
24780
28 500 (o)
20140(0)
25 890 (o
25 270 (o
25 1 10 (o
36 030 (o

Recovery
8
26630
27 000 (o)
24266(0)
24416(o)
25 400 (o)
24 356 (o)
30 866 (o)
1

-------
     Average indices of the total number of leucocytes according to groups
of animals for the period of chronic exposure and the results of the sta-
tistical treatment are listed in Table 4.

     The total number of leucocytes in animals of the second, fourth, and
sixth groups which inhaled subthreshold concentrations in terms of the
reflex effect of the substances studied did not substantially differ from
the control in the course of exposure.  No significant changes were detected
by the statistical treatment (Fig. 4).

     In animals of the third, fifth, and seventh groups (at a concentration
of the substances studied of 15 mg/m3), these indices displayed some marked
changes.  Thus, the total number of leucocytes in the peripheral blood of
animals of the third group had decreased by the 45th day; the significance
of the changes obtained was of degree B.  During the period of experimental
starvation, these changes were somewhat accentuated, but their significance
was not confirmed statistically.  Subsequently, adaptation of the white blood
cells to benzene was observed, with complete normalization by the 20th day
of the recovery period.  In the fifth group of rats, no distinct statistically
significant changes were established in the total number of leucocytes during
the course of the experiment.  During the starvation period there was noticed
a tendency toward a drop in their level.  More persistent changes on the data
of the indices was observed in the animals of the seventh group.  As early
as the end of the first month of exposure, a statistically significant increase
in the number of leucocytes was observed (degree A).  Subsequently, the number
of leucocytes in the blood of animals of this group remained higher during
the starvation period as well, and the significance of the changes was confirmed
statistically.  A marked increase in the number of leucocytes was noted during
the last period of exposure, but because of the large range of the indices in
the group itself, which we attributed to different individual sensitivities of
the rats to xylene, these changes were not statistically significant.  By the
20th day of the recovery period, the total number of leucocytes in the blood
of rats of the seventh group had decreased markedly, but remained above these
indices for the control group (Fig. 5).

     The collection of blood for studying its picture was made simultaneously
with that of blood for counting the total number of leucocytes, and on the
same animals.  The analysis involved the use of the technique of N. 6. Alekseyev,
whereby the blood smear was stained first in a specially prepared solution of
Azur II, and the smears thus prepared were counterstained with the Romanovskiy-
Giemsa staining solution.  In order to derive the picture, we counted units
of 200 cells over the entire surface of the specimen (continuous count method).

     Analysis of the material obtained and statistical treatment of the data
according to the separate formed elements (absolute values) make it possible
to establish the following:
     a)  la the peripheral blood of animals of the second, fourth, and sixth
                                    - 31 -

-------
groups, no  clear-cut changes of the formed elements were noted;
                                                        6
                            Periods of experiment (2 weeks)
                  Fig. 5.  Change in the total number of leucocytes in the
                  peripheral blood of animals of the third, fifth, seventh,
                  and control groups.  Notation same as in Fig. 2.
     b)  Unstable  leucopenia during the action of benzene in a.  concentration
of 15 mg/m^ was accompanied by neutropenia with the appearance  of  staff  cells,
a certain decrease in  the  number of eosinophils and monocytes,  with  a  rela-
tively constant number of  leucocytes.
     c)  An'extended action of toluene in a concenttation of 15 mg/m^  causes
neutropenia, the appearance of isolated staff cells, and relative  lymphocytesis
in the blood of experimental rats.
     d)  Leucocytosis  during the action of xylene in a'concentration of  15 mg/m
is associated with neutropenia, absolute lymphocytosis, an increase  in the
number of monocytes, and the appearance of staff cells.

     The above-indicated changes were not pronounced.  The shift to  the  left
did not go beyond  the  appearance of isolated staff cells in the blood.   We
regard the changes obtained as initial functional shifts.  At this stage,
these changes were essentially compensated by the mobilization  of  defensive
reactions.

     The results of pathomorphological studies constitute a valuable confir-
mation of the'effect of the substance studied, and aid in the determination
of its extent, nature  and  direction.

     In order to carry out the pathomorphological studies, three rats  of each
group'were killed  by'decapitation on the last day of exposure.  Their  lungs,
heart, liver, spleen,  kidneys, and brain were examined.  Statistical treat-
ment of data on the relationship of the weight of the internal  organs  to the
total weight of the animals did not yield any significant changes.
                                        - 32 -

-------
     The  results of pathomorphological  studies* lead to the conclusion that
the concentrations of 1.5 mg/m3 benzene,  0.6  mg/m3 toluene and 0.2 mg/m3
xylene do not cause any perceptible morphological changes in the organs or
tissues of  the experimental animals; benzene, toluene and xylene in a concen-
tration of  15 mg/m3 cause distinct changes  of essentially the same type, at
the level functional shifts, Consisting in  circulatory hemodynamic disorders
in the internal organs (lungs, liver, heart,  kidneys, spleen, brain), a de-
crease in the glycogenic activity of the  liver, its lipodystrophy, an increased
breakdown of  erythrocytes in the spleen with  deposition of hemosiderin, and
partial tigrolysis in the neurons of the  brain.

     Thus,  the above-mentioned functional changes in animals exposed to benzene,
toluene and xylene in a concentration of  15 rag/m^ have received an ample patho-
morphological corroboration.

     A unified approach to the evaluation of  toxicity using the same highly
sensitive indices, single stages of investigation and methods of quantitative
evaluation  of the effects observed enabled  us to obtain data characterizing
the comparative toxicity of the substances  studied.
                                   Conclusions

     1.  A continuous 85-day exposure  of  white rats to benzene, toluene and
xylene in  a concentration of 15 mg/m3  causes marked changes in the central
nervous  system and blood, refl'ected pathomorphologically in the internal organs
of the experimental animals.

     2.  Most noticeable are changes in the central nervous system, which
occur before the changes in the blood  and are more pronounced and more stable.
The degree of manifestation and stability of the changes in the central nervous
system increases with the number of methyl groups in the benzene ring.

     3.  We regard the changes obtained in the total number of leucocytes and
in the white count of the experimental animals (less stable for benzene and
toluene) as initial functional shifts.  At the level in question, it is im-
possible to carry out a precise comparative evaluation of these changes.

     4.  There is no reason to regard  benzene as more toxic than toluene or
xylene.

     5.  The concentrations of 0.6 mg/m^  toluene and 0.2 mg/m^ xylene, which
preclude the possibility of not only reflex reactions but also of resorptive
    * The pathomorphological studies were carried out by the scientific collaborator 0. V. Kolbasova under
the direction of Doctor of Medical Sciences V. P. Osintseva, director of the laboratory of pathomorphological
studies of the A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene of the Academy of Medical Sciences of
the USSR, both of whom the author sincerely thanks.
                                       -  33  -

-------
 action under  conditions of a prolonged constant contact, may be recommended
 as  the mean daily maximum permissible values for atmospheric air.

      6.  For  the time being, until the problem of the possibility of accumu-
 lation during the action of low concentrations of benzene is solved, we
 consider it advisable to leave its mean daily maximum permissible concentra-
 tion  at the earlier level, 0.8 mg/m3, which amounts to one-half the inactive
 value which we have established.
                                LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the end
       of the volume in the 1968 bibliography.
                                       - 34 -

-------
              CHRONIC ACTION OF LOW CONCENTRATIONS OF ACROLEIN

                            IN AIR ON THE ORGANISM
     Prof. M.  I.  Gusev,  Decent I. S. Dronov, Decent A. I. Svechnikova,
                    A.  I.  Golovina, and M. D. Grebenskova
                Department of General Hygiene, Rostov-on-Don Medical Institute

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie  i  gigienicheskoe
znachenie  atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red. V.  A. Ryazanova.   Vypusk 10,
Izdatel'stvo  "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 122-135, (1967).

     In industry, acrolein* is prepared by oxidizing propylene over  CuO  or
by vapor phase condensation of acetaldehyde with formaldehyde  in the presence
of Zn^CPO^)-.   Considerable quantities of acrolein are used in the production
of glutaralaehyde and methionine.

     Acrolein is  a major product of glycerin synthesis.  It escapes  into the
atmosphere from plants where glycerin is subjected to a high temperature
(130-180 °C.):   during the manufacture of oilcloth and linoleum, in the  core
sections of foundry shops, in the production of insulation  in  the  electrical
industry.  In recent years the presence of acrolein in the  exhaust gases  of
motor  transport has been demonstrated.

     In atmospheric air and in the air of apartments around the Leningrad
Fat Plant, V.  Z.  Yas'kova found very high concentrations of acrolein which in
all probability were due to the use of a nonspecific method of determination
of acrolein.

     M. M. Plotnikova (1960) determined acrolein in atmospheric air  around a
chemical and  an oil-chemical plant.  At a distance of 100 m from the oil-
chemical plant, the highest concentrations were 2 mg/m3, in all the  samples
the amount of acrolein was above the maximum permissible concentration
(0.3 mg/m3),  and  at a distance of 1000 m, the maximum concentrations were
0.64 mg/m3.   Around the chemical plant (with the oil-boiling shop  as the
source of  pollution), at a distance of 200 m, the highest concentration  was
20 mg/m3,  and at  1500 m, 0.3 mg/m3.

     The effect of acrolein on the human organism is manifested by a marked
irritation of the mucous membranes and a certain general toxic effect
(N. V. Lazarev, 1954).  The maximum permissible concentration  of acrolein
for shops  is  0.002 mg/1.
    * See article by M. M. Plotnikoya in the Collection "Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Atmospheric
Pollution", Prof. V. A. Ryazanov, Ed., I960, vol. 4.
                                      - 35 -

-------
     To validate  the highest  single maximum permissible concentration of
acrolein  in  atmospheric air,  M.  H.  Plotnikova determined the odor thres-
hold.  The minimum perceptible concentration was found to be 0.8 mg/m3.
The threshold  of  the reflex effect, determined by the method of optical
chronaxy, was  1.75  mg/m3,  and that  of the light sensitivity of the eye,
0.6 mg/m3.   The highest single maximum permissible concentration of acrolein
in atmospheric air  was  established  at a level of 0.3 mg/m3.  The mean daily
maximum permissible concentration of acrolein (0.1 mg/m3), adopted on the
basis of  a calculation, has not  been experimentally validated thus far.

     On the  recommendation of the Committee on Sanitary Protection of
Atmospheric  Air, we studied the  effect of low acrolein concentrations on
the organism of experimental  animals.  A round-the-clock chronic exposure
of white  rats  in  three  chambers  (with a capacity of 100 1 each) was carried
out for this purpose.   Group  IV  was the control.  The round-the-clock ex-
posure was carried  out  over the  course of two months.  There were 10 rats in
each chamber.

     Acrolein  in  the air of the  exposure chambers was determined by the
tryptophane method  by D. P. Senderikhina, modified by M. M. Plotnikova.
The method is  based on  the fact  that on reacting with acrolein, tryptophane
forms a stable violet color.   The sensitivity of the method is 0.002 mg in
2 ml of solution.   The  specificity  of the method is of no major significance
for our studies (M. V.  Alekseyeva,  1962).

     In the  course  of exposure in the first chamber (group I), the average
acrolein  concentration  was  found to be 1.52 — 0.05 mg/m3 with fluctuations
from 2 to 1 mg/m3,  in the  second chamber (group II) 0.51 JL 0.02 mg/m3 with
fluctuations from 0.22  to  0.77 mg/m3, and in the third chamber (group III)
0.15 i 0.01 mg/m3 with  fluctuations from 0.1 to 0.3 mg/m3.  Group IV was
the control.

     In order  to validate  the mean  daily maximum permissible concentration
of acrolein in atmospheric air,  the following factors were determined in the
experimental animals during the  exposure:  dynamics of weight and behavior;
conditioned reflex  activity;.changes in the activity of whole blood cholin-
esterase; excretion of  coproporphyrin with urine; percent content of the
number of fluorescent*  leucocytes and histopathological changes in the organs
and tissues of animals  which  died from the effects of acrolein during exposure,
and in some of the  rats sacrificed  after the end of exposure.

     At the end of  the  first  week of exposure, the animals of group I
(1.52 mg/m3) had  a  sickly  appearance, became sluggish and apathetic, and
their fur turned  dull.   The animals ate poorly.  Their condition gradually
 we have
* Editor's note:  For the Russian use of the terns "luminescent" and "luminescence" in this paper.
ive substituted "fluorescent" and "fluorescence", on the oasis of the definitions of these terms.
                                      - 36 -

-------
worsened,  and  for  this  reason the exposure in this chamber was discontinued
on the 24th  day.   During this period, all 5 rats in which the higher nervous
activity was studied died, and of the remaining animals in the experiment,
only two rats  perished.   No visible changes were observed in the behavior
and condition  of rats of groups II, III and IV.
     All  the  rats were weighed once a week during the exposure.
are shown in  Table  1.

                                                 Table 1
The results
Group
I
II
III
IV
Acrolein
C oncentrat ion
ng/mS
1,52
0,51
0,15
Control
Exposure '
(end)
90,7 (a)'
114, 7 (b)
128,3.
129,1
Recovery
Period
108,7 (c)
121.7
128,9
134.8
                  Note. Degree of significance:  a - 95$; b -
                                c - 99.9#
                     Comparison with the control is given. on the basis
                  of the condition on 24 April, date on which the exposure
                  was discontinued.

     In  animals  of  group I (1.52 mg/m^) , a rapid loss of weight was observed;
when it  was necessary  to discontinue the exposure, the weight had decreased
by 14% as  compared  with the initial weight.  The weight decrease in animals
of this  group  also  continued after the exposure was discontinued.  At the end
of the first week of the recovery period, the weight loss was 25Z.  The  aver-
age weight of  the rats reached its original value only at the end of the
5th week of the  recovery period, then began to increase gradually.

     Statistically  significant weight changes in the direction of a decrease
were also  observed  in  rats of group II (0.51 mg/m3).

     There were  no  statistically significant weight changes in the experimental
animals  of group III (0.15 mg/m^).
                                  i
     To  establish the  maximum permissible concentrations of chemical substances
in atmospheric air, a  number of authors used the conditioned reflex method
(Yu. V.  Novikov, N. F. Izmerov, M. I. Gusev and K. N. Chelikanov, Ya. G. Dvoksin,
V. N. Kursanov,  and others).   The studies showed that changes in the functions
of the cortex  of the cerebral hemispheres take place very rapidly.  Early signs
of disturbance of the  higher nervous activity are phase states, facilitation
of differentiation, loss of certain reflexes and finally, disconnection of
all reflexes of  the stereotype.  In grave injuries, the natural conditioned
reflex to the  appearance and odor of food disappears.  The recovery period
may last a month and sometimes longer.
                                       - 37 -

-------
     Essentially,  the  change in the higher nervous activity during the  action
of toxic substances  is manifested in a steady weakening of the stimulating
and inhibiting processes  followed by the development of protective inhibition.
The sensitivity  of the method of conditioned reflexes is very high.  The
maximum permissible  concentrations of benzene, mercury, and lead for plant
shops earlier established in a study of their action on experimental animals
during  a chronic exposure with the aid of the method of conditioned reflexes
were found  to be many  times  greater than the threshold of their action.

     However, the  procedure  used earlier for studying conditioned reflexes
in Kotlyarevskiy's chamber is extremely laborious and time-consuming.  We
used an accelerated  procedure for studying the higher nervous activity in
white rats, modified by Ya.  G.  Dvoskin (1961).  A total of 18 white male
rats weighing from 64  to  102 g were used in the experiment; 5 each from groups
I, II,  and  III,  and  3  from the control group.  In all the animals, the stere-
otype was developed  in the following sequence:  bell, light; light, bell.
                    Before exposure        Exposure
                    J t 7 3 II 3 S-J 10 >2 >5 17
             §?do  /
             4Jma>  •-
             ^&U> | £
                  Fig. 1.  Effect of acrolein on the conditioned reflex
                  activity of rat No. 12 (concentration 1.52 ag/m5).
     The most profound  changes in higher nervous activity were observed in
rats of group I  (1.52 mg/m3).  After the start of exposure, the magnitude of
the motor conditioned response compared with the control decreased to both
the bell and light.  This was followed by the appearance of phase states.
The conditioned  reflex  activity  of  one of the rats of this group is shown in
Fig. 1.

     Changes in  the conditioned  reflex activity were also observed in rats
of group II (0.51 mg/m-*), but in a  much less distinct form (Fig. 2).

     In rats of  group III  (0.15  mg/m^) and in the control group, no changes
were detected in the conditioned reflex activity, as is evident from Figs, 3
and 4.  These figures show  that  in  animals of groups III and IV, the normal
strength relationships  to  the weak  and strong stimuli and also the latent
period were preserved during the entire study.
                                      - 38 -

-------
            Before exposure          Exposure                     Recovery period
             2 *  7 9 II 3 5 / 1012 HI? ia2lH!S»3>i3Unp13V^SOS25ii57SSBl t f / 10121*171921
OJ t< O oT
TJ O-H U)
=>4->+> C
+> O-H O
•H BT3 O.
g^gS§
<0 0 0 ti
+.•8
C-H O
.gfcg
.30-


7<
t
*}



^


\
\



s



**l



•*.


.




•~







$







^












t
>




\

_^*

**•*




y
s

\
I
s*





/








x


/
>*




/
--

k
\
•«•




fc


v




L<


7




~?


*«



x
^


?*



X.



/
l_
^







^
\
1
^^









-------
 it was  shown  that  a change  in cholinesterase activity is caused by concen-
 trations  10-20  times  smaller than the maximum permissible ones for industrial
 plants.
Magnitude of
atent motor con-
period, ditioned
sec response, mn
^O.'N.^^^^fe
Before exposure Exposure Recovery period
/ * 7 3 ii i s t w n is n is n n xnj* MJI to a *s tfsests* S7ss ft * s 1 10 n n n is st

^
^««






^
.-






/^







?>»
^
^






A
t
t














••I







^
,'




**






4*



•-:
*>



•»,



V







^



_ ,







,_



••«



S



•••



__i



^>



1 ill



,-*



	







mi P



^



• M



V







A
*


tw



S







\
\






/
f


*







^^











+*







^*















^*






j
"^















•«































==







^







^














           Fig. 4. Conditioned reflex activity of rat No. 5 (control group).
     In our work, the activity of blood  cholinesterase in white rats was
determined by Pokrovskiy's method (1953) modified by A. P.  Martynova (1957).

     Essentially, this method consists in the hydrolysis of acetylcholine,
determined by the time of change in the  color of  the indicator as  a result
of the pH shift.  The cholinesterase activity was determined once  a week
in 20 rats (5 each from 4 groups).  The  results of  the study are shown in
Table 2.

     The time of acetylcholine hydrolysis in the  control group was 38.7-40.3
minutes.  In rats of group I (1.52 mg/m3),  on the 15th day  since the start
of exposure, a significant decrease in blood cholinesterase activity was
observed:  The time of acetylcholine hydrolysis increased to 61 minutes.
On the 24th day, the exposure of the animals in this chamber was discontinued,
then the first study was made after 2 days, and the cholinesterase activity
was found to remain low.  A return of the cholinesterase activity  to normal
was recorded on the 2nd day after the exposure was  discontinued.

     A decrease in cholinesterase activity was also observed in rats of
group II (0.51 mg/m3).  Statistically significant changes were recorded the
first time on the 34th day of exposure and  reached  a maximum on the 41st day
of the experiment.  The time of acetylcholine hydrolysis began to  decrease
gradually even before the exposure was discontinued, and reached normal
indices on the 10th day of the recovery  period.
                                                                          I
     In animals of group III (0.15 mg/m3) and the control group, no changes
in the activity of whole blood cholinesterase were  observed during the entire
experiment.
                                    - 40 -

-------
a
CO
6-1
  VI
  01

c
•H
01
        1
           §•
  •p
  §
     £


     O.
           5-
            O> O> 9)
               CO cO co co
             IO VO O O5
             ooo oo»
               ot— o>o>
                 •vcoco
               O OCN'T
              I TfOOJ
             OOO OCN
             Si"""
                O5OOOO
                ft •«••*«
                         I
                         o
                        f
                        cr>
                         i
                        0)
                 ^lO
                * " " * (3    Q>
     The mechanism of disturbance of
the porphyrin metabolism during the
action of toxic substances has been
inadequately studied thus far.  How-
ever, many believe that this disturb-
ance takes place as a result of a
depression of enzyme systems which is
associated with a change in the cellular
metabolism in the nervous system, liver,
bone marrow, etc. (A. M. Chernyy,
R. B. Mogilevskaya, and others).

     The amount of coproporphyrin
excreted with the urine during  the
action of toxic substances in low con-
centrations decreases in some cases
(carbon monoxide, dowtherm, styrene,
dimethylformamide), and increases in
others (lead, pentene, toluylene
diisocyanate).

     The study of porphyrin metabolism
in connection with the validation of
the maximum permissible concentrations
of chemical substances in atmospheric
air has been widely adopted, partly
because of the high sensitivity of this
method (M. I. Gusev, V. A. Chizhikov,
G. I. Solomin, D. G. Ododoshvili, and
others).

     The coproporphyrin excreted with
the urine was determined spectrophoto-
metrically.  The content of copropor-
phyrins was obtained from the optical
density of the maximum absorption at
402-403 my, determined with an  SF-4
spectrophotometer.  The urine was col-
lected simultaneously from 5 rats of
each group in the course of 24 hours,
once a week.  A total of 56 analyses
were made, which amounted to 14 analyses
in each experimental group of animals.
The amount of coproporphyrin excreted
with the urine by the rats, in micro-
grams per 100 g of weight, is shown in
Table 3.
                                   - 41 -

-------
     In  animals  of group III (0.15 mg/m3) , no statistically  significant
deviations  in  porphyrin metabolism were found as compared  to the  control.
In group II (0.51  rng/m-*),  a statistically significant decrease  of the amount
of coproporphyrin  excreted with the urine was noted as early as the  first
three weeks since  the start of exposure.  This decrease gradually became more
pronounced  until the admission of acrolein to the chamber was discontinued.

     In  group  I  (1.52 mg/m^),  before the time when it was necessary  to dis-
continue the exposure, the amount of excreted coproporphyrin had  a tendency
to increase, although this was found to be statistically insignificant.  After
the exposure was discontinued, the porphyrin metabolism began to  decrease
gradually,  this  decrease lasted for 5 weeks, and only in the 6th  week of the
recovery period  did the excretion of coproporphyrin gradually level  off, and
in the 8th  week  reached the indices of the control group.
                                                     Table 3
               Excretion of Coproporphyrin with the Urine in 24 Hours
                      (in micrograms per 100 g of weight).
Period of Study
From the. Start
of Exposure
First Three Weeks
Second Three Weeks
Third Three Weeks
Recovery Period
Concentration of Acrolein, rag/m3
Control
1,88
1,94
1,78
1,87
0.15
1,54
1,61
1,60
1,61
0,51
1,43 (a)
1,26 (b)
0,67 (c)
1,50
0.54
1,93
0,99 (c)1
0,72(c)
1,59
               Note.  Degree of significance:  a - 95$; b - 99$; c - 99.9$.
                   1 Starting on 24 April the exposure was discontinued.
     Observations of the early  physicochemical and structural changes taking
place in the cells can be made  by  using the fluorescent microscopic method
(M. N. Meysel1 and A. V. Gutkina,  1953; M.  N. Meysel1 and V. A. Sondak, 1954;
M. Ya. Khodas, 1954, and others).   A.  D. Semenenko (1963), who used the method
of induced  (secondary) fluorescence,  observed changes in the leucocytes of
blood taken from white rats  in  the course of chronic exposure to aniline in
concentrations of 0.03, 0.3,  and 3 mg/m^.

     In all three groups, a  dependence was  established between the manifesta-
tion of fluorescence and the  concentration  of the toxic substance, expressed
in the degree of change of the  cells  and time of its manifestation.

     M. I. Gusev and K. N. Chelikanov (1963) used the fluorescent method of
study of blood leucocytes for an experimental validation of the mean daily
maximum permissible concentration  of  pentenes in atmospheric air.  A statis-
tically significant increase  in the number  of fluorescent leucocytes was
                                      - 42 -

-------
•s
EH
        s
  c
  
  o
  o
  o
  I
  t
  
   oo"
      UfcS
      c m
                  uiio
            sss
            CD CO CO
        8
         »
        co
  oo
co m oo
        g Sb --.
        a.ass
             •2*   too co
             _   IOCOO
                        I
                        o
                       Tft
                       cr»
             s
                 °S«  '^
                 •*«-  ~g
                __L - - - ._ »H
                        in
               •H   e
        01   ^-LO o
        to   10 f* t*   $
         *    » «+i   Q)
        -   oog   g,
             -   =
established as compared with the  control
group of the animals.  This increase
occurred gradually, and the blood count
returned to the original norm even during
the period of exposure.

     In our study, we determined  the per-
cent content of fluorescent leucocytes in
the blood of rats during their exposure to
acrolein.  For this purpose, the  blood taken
was fluorochromed with acridine orange diluted
1:10,000, and examined under an ML-1 micro-
scope.  The results are shown in  Table 4.

     In animals of group I  (1.52  mg/m3),
an increase in the percent  content of fluor-
escent leucocytes of the blood took place in
the very first week of exposure.   Later it
decreased somewhat, but still remained high
as compared with the control.  It should be
pointed out that it was difficult to take
the blood from rats of group I, because it
coagulated rapidly.  This explains the lack
of data on the amount of fluorescent leucocytes
on some days of the study.  The content of
fluorescent leucocytes remained high for
20 days after the forced discontinuation of
the exposure, but after 27  days of the re-
covery period the percent content of fluor-
escent leucocytes returned  to normal, so that
further studies were discontinued.

     In group II (0.51 mg/m3), there were
also statistically significant changes in
the percent content of fluorescent leucocytes,
which, starting with the first week of ex-
posure, continued to remain high  until the
'end of the exposure period.  After 11 days of
the recovery period, the number of fluores-
cent leucocytes began to decrease and reached
the normal indices.

     In animals of group III  (0.15 mg/m3),
for which there were no changes in the other
indices, a statistically significant increase
in the number of fluorescent leucocytes of
the blood as compared with the control group
                                  - 43 -

-------
was observed 24 days after the start of exposure.   Similar changes were also
observed by other investigators.  For example, A, D. Semenenko  (1963)  re-
corded significant changes in the blood of rats during  their  chronic exposure
to aniline in a concentration of 0.03 mg/m^, whereas P.  G.  Tkachev  (1963),
who used other methods of investigation, failed to  observe any  changes at
this concentration.  This makes it necessary to postulate  that  the method of
fluorescent microscopy is very sensitive, so that it can be recommended for
use in the establishment of maximum permissible concentrations  of chemical
substances in atmospheric air.

     At the same time, it is necessary to study the nature of the process
whereby the content of fluorescent leucocytes in the blood increases when the
organism is acted upon by toxic substances in low concentrations.

     After the chronic experiment was completed, some of the experimental
animals were subjected to an anatomico—pathologic examination..* Histological
examination of organs of animals in groups III and  IV CO. 15 mg/m3 and  control)
failed to detect any marked differences.  Changes were  found mainly  after
the action of acrolein in concentrations of 0.51 and 1.52  mg/m3 (groups  I and
II).  Initial changes at the 0.51 mg/m3 concentration were manifested  in the
proliferation of the columnar epithelium of the bronchi with hyperpreduction
of mucus and excessive infiltration of the bronchial walls by eosinophil
leucocytes.

     In rats exposed to acrolein in the 1.52 mg/m3  concentration, there were
marked changes of an inflammatory nature, in the form of purulent panbronchitis,
bronchiolitis, and large-focus pneumonia (in one-half of the observations)  in.
the respiratory organs, and complications of fibrous-purulent pleuritis  in
two cases.  In the internal organs (myocardium, liver),  marked  dystrophic
changes were observed in the form of granular and adipose  dystrophy  with small
areas of necrobiosis.
                                Conclusions

     1.  Prolonged inhalation of acrolein vapors in  concentrations  of  1.52-
0.51 mg/m3 by the experimental animals causes a weight  loss,  change of the
conditioned reflex activity, decrease of cholinesterase activity, change  of
porphyrin metabolism in the direction of a decrease, and an increase in the
percentage of fluorescent leucocytes of the blood.

     2.  Under the same conditions of exposure, acrolein in a concentration  of
0.15 mg/m3 has no effect on the organism of white rats  with the  exception of
an increase in the number of fluorescent leucocytes  of  the blood.   The method
of induced (secondary) fluorescence permits a direct observation of the '   I
earliest physicochemical and structural changes in the  cells,  and can  therefore
    * The anatomico-pathologic examinations were performed by K. L. Volehenko.
                                    - 44 -

-------
be recommended for use in the establishment of the mean daily maximum per-
missible concentrations of toxic substances in atmospheric air.

     3.  The mean daily maximum permissible concentration of acrolein in
atmospheric air established at the present time and equal to 0.1 mg/m3 is
at the level of the sub threshold concentration and can be left unchanged.
                              LITERATURE  CITED
                                  I
     Note:   References mentioned  in  this  paper  are  to be  found at  the
     end  of  this volume in  the  1967  bibliography.
                                     - 45 -

-------
            STUDY OF THE REFLEX AND RESORPTIVE  EFFECTS  OF  THIOPHENE
                             Sh. S. Khikmatullayeva
                      A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene,
                           Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie  i
gigienicheskoe znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".   Red. V. A. Ryazanova.
Vypusk 11, Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p.  120-132, (1968).

     Thiophene, a representative of a group of  heterocyclic compounds, was
discovered in 1883.  From the  standpoint of physical properties, it  is a
colorless liquid whose odor resembles that of benzene.  In chemical  properties,
thiophene is stable toward oxidizing agents, does not  enter readily  into addi-
tion reactions, and is easily  nitrated and sulfonated.

     Thiophene is used in the  production of plastics,  antioxidants,  dyestuffs,
pharmaceutical preparations, insecticides, etc.

     In its toxicological properties, thiophene is a nerve and blood poison
(N. V. Lazarev, 1954; McCord,  1931; Hultgren, 1926; Christomanos,  1930;  A. G.
Mikhaylets and D. G. Pel'ts, 1964).

     The extensive industrial  use of thiophene, the possibility of its pollution
of atmospheric air, and the lack of literature  data on the toxicity  of its low
concentrations account for the relevance and timeliness of the present study.

     To determine low thiophene concentrations, a spectrophotometric method was
developed (Ye. P. Aigina and G. S. Terekhova), whereby the optical density of
an alcohol solution of a thiophene mixture was  measured at a wavelength  of
231 ml* in quartz cells with a  light path of 10 mm on an SF-4 instrument. The
sensitivity of the method was  0.5 yg/ml, and the accuracy, 4^5%.

     To study the reflex effect of low thiophene concentrations, we  carried
out physiological tests on people, widely employed in  sanitary practice,
which consisted in the determination of the threshold of olfactory perception,
the light sensitivity of the eye (V. A. Ryazanov et al., 1957), and  the  bio-
electric activity of the human.cerebral cortex  (K. A. Bushtuyeva,  Ye. F.
Polezhayev, and A. D. Semenenko, 1960).  The resorptive action of  thiophene
was studied by means of physiological, hematological and biochemical tests
such as the ratio of chronaxies of antagonist muscles, absolute number of
leucocytes and the differential count, content  of total protein and  protein
fractions of the blood serum,  sulfhydryl groups and sialic acids in  the
blood serum by the method of Hess modified by N. N. Pushkina (1963), and
coproporphyrin in the urine.
                                     -  46  -

-------
     At  the end of the exposure,  we determined the  ascorbic acid content in the
organs and sulfhydryl groups  and  pyruvic acid in the  liver by the Friedemann-
Haugen method modified by Pushkina.

     We  began our experimental  studies with the determination of the threshold
of olfactory perception in 21 persons with a normal sense of smell.  For two
of the most sensitive persons of  this group, the odor threshold of thiophene
was found to be 2.1 mg/m3, and  the subthreshold concentration, 1.9 mg/m .
                   ^oo

                   ISO

                   160
                   i 100
I
                    80
                    60
                    uo
                          5    10   15.   20
                                    line, minutes
                     Pig. 1.  Change in the light sensitivity of the eyes in
                       subject U. during inhalation of thiopiiene vapors.
                     1 - pure air; 2 - concentration, 2.1 mg/in^- 3 _ 1.4 og/n3;
                               4 - l.Olne/115; 5 - 0.8
     The reflex effect of thiophene concentrations of  imperceptible odor was
studied  by using the dark adaptation method on three persons 19 to 40 years
of age.

     The effect of four thiophene concentrations (2.1,  1.4,  1.0 and 0.8 mg/m3)
supplied from the 15th through the 20th minute of the  test was studied.  The
results  of the experiment show that the first three thiophene concentrations
                                       - 47 -

-------
had an  effect on the light sensitivity of the  subjects'  eyes.  In addition,
in subject A. we noted an increase of the light  sensitivity upon inhalation
of thiophene  vapors in concentrations of 2.1,  1.4 and 1.0 mg/nH, with a high
confidence factor of the changes obtained.  In the two other persons we ob-
served  a decrease of the light sensitivity of  the eye in response to the same
concentrations (Fig. 1).  The inhalation of thiophene vapors in a concentra-
tion of 0.8 mg/m3 did not cause any substantial  changes  in the light sensi-
tivity  of the subjects1  eyes.  Data on the light sensitivity of the eyes
during  inhalation of thiophene are listed in Table 1.

                                                        Table 1
                Change in the Light Sensitivity of the Eye in the Course of Dark
                Adaptation During Inhalation of Different Thiophene Concentrations
                       (average values in percent of 19th minute).
Subject
A.
M.
Z.
Period,
Minutes .
20
25
30
40
20
25
30
40
20
•25
30
40
Pure Air
117.2
124.5
131.9
. 147.1
122,1
133,2
142,8
156,5
117.3
125.6
135.1
143,7"
. Thiophene Concentration, ng/m?
2.1
146, 3(b)
.211. 6 (c)
242, 8 (c)
263. l(c)
.91.0 (a)
97.2(o)
99.0 (a)
115.0(b)
82. 6 (c)
100,8 (c)
109,0 (a)
124. 2 
-------
                      / ^.  3  if  5  6  78  9  10-It 12  13 1U 15
                                      minutes
                                   mej mnues
                  Fig. 2.  Change in the bioelectric activity of the cerebral
                  cortex in subject L. , during inhalation of thiophene vapors
                                 ( left Hemisphere ) .
                  1 - pure air; 2,- concentration, 0.8 ng/nr; 3 - 0.6 mg/rn'.
     During the test, the subjects were exposed to a rhythmic light of dif-
ferent  intensities (18 seconds), which was followed by a light muscular work-
out  (25 seconds), a weak sound of variable frequency (10 seconds) and
expectation of the next light stimulus (7 seconds); these periods were re-
peated  15-18 times in each observation.

     Changes of the brain biopotentials during inhalation of thiophene
vapors  in  a concentration of 0.8 mg/tn3 were analyzed by means of an automatic
integrator and were characterized by both a reinforcement and a depression
of the  biopotentials.  Statistical treatment of the data confirmed the signif-
icance  of  the changes, compared with the results obtained after the inhalation
of pure air.

     We observed a reinforcement of the brain's biopotentials in subjects
Yu. and G.,  and a depression in L.  (Fig. 2, Table 2).
                                    I           ,
     Thiophene in a concentration of 0.6 rag/m5 had no significant effect on
the brain  biopotentials of the subjects.  Since this value is shown to be the
subthreshold concentration by the most sensitive test, we propose it as the
highest single maximum permissible concentration in atmospheric air.

     Combined data from the study of the reflex effect are listed in Table 3.
                                       - 49 -

-------
                                                        Table 2

Change in the Energy of the Brain's Biopotentials During Inhalation
of Different Thiophene Concentrations (average values in percent  of
           the first three minutes - background period).
0>
•1
L.
Y.U.
G.
in
•s"*"
1|
4—5
6—7
8—9
10-11
12—13
14—15
4-5
6-7 .
8-9
10-11
12—13
14—15
4—5.
6-7
8-9
10-11 '
12—13
14—15
Right Hemisphere
Pure
Air
100,4
101,0
102,4
99.8
100.7
102.8
98.2
96,8
99.10
99.6
97.2
99,2
103.4
105.0
102,1
102,9
105,9
111,6
°J*3
100,8(o)
104.8
103.1
90.4
103.2
102.5
97,3
100,5
99.2
94,3
95,9
101,2
109,6
115.8 (a)
107,7
111,6
110,0
107,4
0.6
100,0
99,6
103,2
102.8
99.2
100.8
101,8
96,4
103.2
101.8
100,2
103.5
97,7
101,8
103.2
103.2
105.2
104.1
left Hemisphere
Pure
Air
98,2
98.4
102,1
98.7
101,4
103,0
101,1
104,1
105.8
104,3
103,5
100,6
104,9
107.2
105,6
105,7
111,1
109,5
mg^
93,3
98,2" •
93,8 (a)
81,1 (a)
92,2
90,8 (b)'
109, 6 (a)
109,6
116,9 (a)
119.0(b)
111.3
113.5 (a)
99 2
10o',3(a)
101.3
98,0
101, 5 (a)
102.2
°'63
100,6
101,8
104,7
104,0
100.5
104.7
100,7
93,4
98,8
101,8
99,1
103,5
o
a
0
o
:°
t°
o)
3
0
0
100,8
103,7
98,2
101,2
102,8
96,4'
     Note.  Confidence factor: a - 99#; b - 99$; o - unreliable.
                                              Table ~b

                  Reflex Effect of Thiophene on the
                           Human Organism.

                                      Thiophene Concen-
                                       tration, tng/m3

Olfactory Percep-
light Sensitivity of
the eye . ' . . .
Bioelectric activity
of the cerebral
cortex • . ••
threshold
2.1

1,0

0,8 .
Sub^
threshold
19

0,8
.,
0,6
                                -  50  -

-------
     We studied the resorptive effects of thiophene in the course of round-the-
clock chronic exposure on 60 white male rats during 80 days.  The animals were
divided into four groups:   the first was exposed to a thiophene concentration
of 20 mg/m3, the second  to 3 mg/m3, the third'to 0.6 mg/rn3, and the fourth
group was the control.   During the experiment, observations were made every 15
days; the results were treated statistically.

     The general state of the  animals during the course of the experiment re-
mained unchanged.  The rats were active and gained weight normally.  The results
of treatment of the weight of  the rats in per-
cent of the initial weight remained unreliable
compared with the control.
     In the  study  of  the chronaxy'of extensors
and flexors  during the experiment, statisti-
cally reliable  changes expressed in a conver-
gence of the chronaxies of flexors and extensors
were observed in rats of the first group (20
mg/m3).  Further studies showed an inversion of
the ratios of chronaxies of flexors and exten-
sors in rats of the first group, and these
changes occurred before other indices, in the
third week of the  experiment (Fig. 3).  A res-
toration of  the normal ratio of chronaxies of
antagonist muscles in this group of rats oc-
curred on the 26th day after the end of ex-
posure.  We  observed  shifts in the leucocyte
content later than changes in the chronaxies
of antagonist muscles.  Leucopenia occurred
in rats of the  first  group (20 mg/m3) as late
as the 6th week of exposure, and lymphopenia,
in the 8th.   The restoration Of leucocytes
also occurred on the  26th day, and that of
lymphocytes, on the 10th day after the end of
the experiment  (Fig.  4).

     The total  amount of blood serum proteins
in rats of all  the groups did not show any
changes in the  course of the experiment.  De-
viations in  the protein fractions which oc-
curred in the fourth  week were observed only
in rats of the  first  group.

     These changes were characterized by a de-
crease in the amotint  of albumin, an increase
of gamma globulin, and'a decrease of the
albumin-globulin ratio, this being in agree-
ment with the data of a number of authors who
                                                                  Exposure
       Exposure
       Exposure
       Control
 30/X/I 5/11 ft/Hi 13/lY

    Date of exposure
Fig. 3. Disturbance of the
motor ohronaxy of antagonist
muscles in experimental rats
during exposure to thiophene
vapors.
1 - extensors; 2 - flexors.
                                      - 51 -

-------
found  changes in the fractional composition  of the blood serum of people  and
animals under the influence of harmful chemical agents (V. A. Chizhikov,  1964;
P. G.  Tkachev,  1964; K. A. Bushtuyeva, 1966).   Further studies of the  relative
amounts of  protein fractions in rats of the  first group revealed changes  in
the beta  globulin fraction which took place  in the sixth week of the experiment
and returned  to normal at the end of the experiment.  Changes in the relative
amounts of  the  protein fractions in rats of  the first group were confirmed  by
results of  histopathological analyses.  It is  probable that the shift  which we
observed  in the relative amounts of protein  fractions in rats were due to the
toxic  effect  of thiophene on the liver.
                         25/X/M965  25/1 9/H 25/lf fl/Hl28//1110/IV28/IY
                            •  1/1-1956
                                     Date of study
                       Fig. 4.  Number of leucocytes in the peripheral blood
                                 of rats of different groups.
                       Group 1-20 mg/m^j Group H - 3 ng/m'; Group IH -
                                0.6 ng/niS? Group IV - control.
     The content of  sulfhydryl groups in the blood  serum of rats of the first
group decreased in the fourth week.  We attribute these changes to functional
shifts in the course of the processes of inhibition and stimulation of the
nervous system, brought about by the action of  thiophene.

     A reliable increase in the content of sialic acids in the blood serum.of
rats of the first  group was detected at the end of  the experiment.            J
                                       - 52 -

-------
     In  the  third  week of the experiment, a decrease in the excretion of copro-
porphyrin with the urine was established (Fig. 5), which may be regarded as a
consequence  of a disturbance of the activity of the central nervous system
(Yu. K.  Smirnov, 1957).  More pronounced changes in the excretion of copro-
porphyrin with the urine of rats were observed'during the action of thiophene
in a concentration of 20 mg/m3 than at 3 tng/m3, and these changes lasted a
long time after the exposure.
                0.6

                0.7

             h"
             ai-H r>K
             M)fl) U.O
                0.3
                0.1
                          5f[-1966 .
                                Date of study
                 Fig. 5.  Dynamics of excretion of eoproporphyrin with rat urine
                 during exposure to thiopene vapors. Notation same as in Fig. 4.
     One of  the  biochemical  indicators of vitamin metabolism was the determi-
nation of ascorbic  acid in the organs of the rats at the end of the experiment.
A disturbance of vitamin C metabolism indicates  an unfavorable influence of'
atmospheric  pollutants  (Ye.  F. Yelfimova, and N. N. Pushkina; V. A. Yakamees,
1966).  We established  a significant decrease in the content of ascorbic acid
in the brain, liver, kidneys and adrenal glands of animals of the first group.
The most pronounced changes  were observed in the kidneys.

     A decline in the amount of ascprbic acid, a decrease of the sulfhydryl
groups and an increase  of pyruvic acid in the liver of animals of this group
correlated with  histopathological data indicating a decrease of glycogen.

     In rats of  the second group (3 mg/m^),  the changes developed more slowly.
Shifts in the ratio of  chronaxies of antagonist muscles occurred as late as the
sixth week of the experiment.   Leucopenia in the peripheral blood of rats of
this group was observed as late as the sixth week and was unstable.  No change
was noted in the number of lymphocytes.  The concentration of the protein frac-
tions of the blood  serum in  rats of the second group remained without any
appreciable changes over the course of the experiment, with the exception of
                                       - 53 -

-------
the gamma globulin  fraction, which increased in the  fourth week and gave signif-
icant results by  statistical treatment.  These changes may be regarded as a
defensive-adaptive  reaction of the body to the influence  of a harmful agent,
in particular,  thiophene (3 mg/m3).  The increase in the  content of gamma glob-
ulin may also be  due to the activation of Kupffer's  cells and plasma cells in
the organism of this group of rats (histopathological data).

     The manifestation of the toxic effect of thiophene at the 3 mg/m3 concen-
tration on sulfhydryl groups of the blood serum of rats was confirmed statis-
tically and occurred later than in rats of the first  group,  i
week of the experiment.
                                                                 e., in the sixth
     A change in the  amount of coproporphyrin in the urine was also observed
in this group of rats,  but to a lesser extent and later  than in rats of the
first group.

                                                       Table 4
              Results of the Resorptive Effect of Thiophene on the Organism of
                                 White Rats.
Indicator

Ratio of chronaxies of antagonist

Protein fractions:
globulins:
8 	

Albumin-globulin ratio


Sulfhydryl groups in blood





Sulfhydryl groups and pyruvic acid of
Sialic acids in blood serum
*.
Thiophene Concentration,
fflg/m?
20
+
"+
+
- +
+
+
+
,'+
+
+
+
+
3,0
+
.+.
+
+
+
+ -
+
+
0,6
— .
Control
—
                 Symbols: + reliable result, - unreliable result.
                                        -54 -

-------
     The ascorbic acid content of the internal organs of rats also underwent a
reliable decrease.  Changes in pyruvic acid, sulfhydryl groups in the liver and
sialic acids in the blood serum were not reliable.

     In the third group (thiophene concentration, 0.6 mg/m3) the results of the
studies differed little from the control and were not statistically reliable.
Combined data on the resorptive effect of thiophene on the experimental rats
are shown in Table 4.

     Functional changes in rats of the first and second groups were confirmed
by histopathological studies, which showed the presence in the lungs of neutro-
phils, areas of desquamative bronchial epithelium, and proliferation of the ep-
ithelium of the bronchi in the lungs.  In the liver,-an irregular engorgement
of the capillary network was noted, activated forms of Kupffer's cells were fre-
quently found in the lumen of the sinuses (round macrophages, and accumulation of
neutrophils in the lumen of large vessels), and lymphoid infiltration appeared
around the triads.  There was a distinct decrease of glycogen over the periph-
ery of hepatic lobules.  No such changes were found in rats of the third group.


                                  Conclusions

     1.  The threshold concentration for olfactory perception of thiophene is
2.1 ing/m , and the subthreshold concentration, 1.9 mg/nH.

     2.  The thiophene concentration acting on the light sensitivity of the eyes
is below the threshold of olfactory perception and equal to 1 mg/m^, and the
inactive concentration is 0.8 mg/m3.

     3.  Changes in the bioelectric activity of the cerebral cortex of the sub-
ject were observed during inhalation of thiophene vapors in a concentration of
0.8 mg/m^; a concentration of 0.6 mg/m3 was found to be inactive.

     4.  A prolonged round-the-clock action of thiophene in concentrations of
20 and 3 mg/m3 gives rise to a series of physiological, hematological, bio-
chemical and pathomo-rphological changes in the body of the experimental animals.
The 0.6 mg/m3 thiophene concentration was found to be inactive.
                                   /.
     5.  The highest single and mean daily concentrations of thiophene which
can be recommended are at a level of 0.6 mg/m3.
                                      - 55 -

-------
                           LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the
       end of the volume in the 1968 bibliography.
                                 - 56 -

-------
          SANITARY-TOXICOLOGICAL APPRAISAL OF THE  COMBINED EFFECT

              OF A MIXTURE OF BENZENE AND ACETOPHENONE VAPORS

                             IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
                               V. R. Tsulaya
                  A. R. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene,
                       Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.   "Biologicheskoe deystvie i
gigienicheskoe znachenie  atmosfernykh  zagryazneniy".   Red.  V.  A.  Ryazanova.
Vypusk 11, Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p.  107-120,  (1968).

     The  toxic effect  of  benzene at and  slightly  above the  level  of the
maximum permissible concentration for  plant shops was studied  by  A. P. Volkova
(1960), Gabor and Raucher (1960), A. I.  Korbakova et  al.  (1965),  and others.
The toxic effect of low concentrations of these substances  was investigated
by Yu. V. Novikov (1956)  and I. S. Gusev (1965).

     In analyzing the  data obtained by the different  authors one  can con-
clude that benzene  in  low concentrations has a predominant  influence on  the
central nervous system and causes a series of  changes in the blood-forming
system, primarily in  the  white blood cells.  A decrease  in  the number of
thrombocytes in the blood is considered  to be  one of  the early signs of
benzene poisoning.

     In a study of  the effect of large concentrations of benzene  in combin-
ation with chloroform  and toluene, T.  A.  Shtessel'  (1938) observed a simple
summation effect of their action.  During the  combined action  of  large con-
centrations of benzene and acetone, M. I.  Ol'shanskiy and V. V. Likhacheva
(1935) noted an enhancement of the influence of the mixture.   A prolonged
combined  action of  benzene and acetone in concentrations at and above the
level of  those in plant shops was studied by N. A. Zhilova  (1959).   On the
basis of  the experiments  performed, the  author holds  that the  benzene-acetone
mixture irritates the  central nervous  system and  blood-forming organs much
more strongly than  any of these substances does individually.

     The  effect of  low concentrations  of acetophenone, both during short-
term exposure of man and  under conditions  of a chronic experiment on animals,
was studied by N. B. Imasheva (1963),  who  observed marked functional changes
in the central nervous system and in the proportion of protein fractions of
the animal blood.   During the combined action  of  low  concentrations of aceto-
phenone with phenol (Yu.  Ye. Korneyev, 1965) and  acetophenone  (N.  Z.  Tkach,
1965), the authors  found  a simple summation of the effects.

     The  literature contains no studies  dealing with  the combined action of
low concentrations  of  benzene and acetophenone  discharged into atmospheric
                                    - 57 -

-------
air during the production of synthetic phenol and acetone.
                    i/E
                 &5000
                 &5000
                  tsooo
                  15000
                               10
30
                  /5   ^0   25
                  Time, minutes
Fig. 1.  Effect of low concentrations of a mixture of benzene
and acetophenone vapors on the light sensitivity of the eye
               in subject Sh. Yu.
1 - pure air; 2 - gaseous mixture with a total concentration
index of 1.03; 3 - gaseous mixture with a total concentration
                 index of 0.75.
     The  object of the  present paper was to study  the nature of  the biological
effects of a mixture  of low benzene and acetophenone concentrations in atmos-
pheric air.

     The  character of the inhalational effect of  this mixture  on man was
evaluated by determining the thresholds of its olfactory perception and its
reflex effect on the  light sensitivity of the eye  and bioelectric activity of
the brain.  These tests are based  on  the influence exerted on  the bodily func-
tions by  an extraneous  stimulation focus arising  in the central  nervous system
during inhalation of  the substances studied.
                                        - 58 -

-------
115
 90
       1  2  3
                    5  5   7  6  9 10  11  12  13 Hi  t5

                     Time, minutes
Fig. 2.  Change in the bioelectric activity of  the brain in
subject R. L. during inhalation of a mixture of benzene  and
acetophenone vapors.  Left hemisphere.
1 - pure air; 2 - gaseous mixture with n total  concentration
index of 1.05; 3 - gaseous mixture with a total concentration
                      index  of 0.88.
                                                       Table 1

 Thresh9lds of the Reflex Effect for the Most Sensitive Persons
    During  the Combined Action of Benzene and Acetophenone.
 Olfactory Perception
                         Light Sensitivity
                            of the Eye
               Bioelectric Activity
                    of the Brain
  -
  P4->
  a-o
       1
        O X
        C 4)
        O,T)
         CO C
        •P O
         O.rf
        EH-P
A IS

Ifi
  Q) V
6r-IC
i.-S.H
'b'S-g
3eo S
S "4->
                         0§
                   aa-
                   4JO
                   OH
ho
on
Thr
tra
ffl G
•PO
O.H
II
I!
        o>c
       -p o
        O-H
       6-4 -p
                                  2
                                 ^
                                  Sx
                                  &H
                                 E-I-P
             1,18
            0,003<:
                   0,79
                         1,2
     0,86
                        0,005
    0,0035
                                         0.75
  1,1
0,0035
                      1,05
                                              0.9
                                              0,003
                  0,88
 Note.  Numerator  of the fraction -?  benzene,  denominator - acetophenone.
                                - 59 -

-------
     As is evident from Table 1 and also Figs. 1 and 2, all the tests showed
the active mixture of benzene and acetophenone vapors to be one whose total
concentration index in fractions of the threshold values for isolated action
of the ingredients was equal to unity; for the inactive mixture, this index
was below unity, i. e., the effect takes place in accordance with a simple
summation.

     The most sensitive was found to be the electroencephalographic test
(minimum active mixture of benzene and acetophenone vapors in concentrations
of 1.1 and 0.0035 rag/m3 respectively).

     In expressing the total content of the mixture employed in fractions
of the maximum permissible concentration of each component, it was found
that mixture I (minimal active) consists of:
     1.1 .           0.0035    _  .          , QQ
     y-=- benzene  + ~ nn?n acetophenone  = 1.89,

and mixture II (maximum inactive) , of
     0.9 .           0,003    .   .          ,  ,
     •=— =• benzene  + T^"™? acetophenone  = 1.6
     J. . D
     The studies performed lead to the conclusion that when benzene and
acetophenone are simultaneously present in atmospheric air, their total con-
centration in fractions of the maximum permissible concentration of the sub-
stances for isolated action should not exceed 1.5.

     Whereas the highest single maximum permissible concentrations are designed
to prevent a degree of atmospheric pollution which could cause reflex responses
through the irritation of receptors of the respiratory organs, the mean daily
standards prevent a chronic resorptive effect of toxic substances during pro-
longed inhalation.

     During the action of very low concentrations of toxic substances under
conditions of a chronic experiment, the functional changes are basically
nonspecific in character and should be regarded as defensive-adaptive responses
(V. A. Ryazanov, 1964).

     In order to evaluate the toxic effect of a mixture of benzene and aceto-
phenone vapors on the animal organism, the following factors were observed:
general state, behavior and dynamics of the weight of the animals, change of
the motor chronaxy of antagonist muscles, content of leucocytes, erythrocytes
and thrombocytes in the blood, differential white count, total content of nucleic
acids in the blood, and amount of 17-ketosteroids in the urine.  At the end of
the experiment, some of the animals were killed and subjected to anatomicopatho-
logical and histological analyses.

     The inhalational exposure of 45 white male rats was carried out continuous-
ly for 84 days.  The rats were divided into three groups of 15 each.
                                      - 60 -

-------
     The  first group of animals  was subjected to the  action of a mixture of
benzene and acetophenone vapors  in a concentration  10 times the maximum in-
active mixture of substances used in the study of the reflex effect on the
biocurrents of the brain.  On  the average, the mixture consisted of 9 i 0.194
mg/m3 benzene and 0.030 - 0.0033 mg/m3 acetophenone.

     The  second group of animals inhaled a mixture  at the level of the highest
inactive  concentration in the  electroencephalographic tests.  On the average,
it contained 0.9 - 0.2 mg/m3 benzene and 0.003 - 0.00005 mg/m3 acetophenone.

     The  third group of animals  served as the control.

     To evaluate the functional  state of the cortex of the large hemispheres,
the ratio of chronaxies of antagonist muscles was studied, whose change is
affected  by central influences.
                   85/XI-19G5 3/XII?8/XIf 1S/J Z//H966 18/113/11115JRI28/111 ft/IV
                                Date of Test
                 Fig.  3. Ratio of chronaxies of antagonist muscles in rats
                      exposed to benzene and acetophenone vapors.
                 1 - first group (total concentration index 9.9)? 2 - second
                 group (total concentration index 0.9)j 3 - third group (control).
     The motor chronaxy of antagonist mustles (extensors  and flexors of the shin)
was  studied in five rats of  each group once every  15  days with the aid of an
ISE--01  electronic pulse stimulator.

     The results of the tests,  conducted in accordance with a standard pro-
cedure, are shown in Fig. 3,  from which it is apparent that a change in the
ratio of chronaxies of antagonist muscles manifested  itself very early in the
                                       - 61 -

-------
first group  of  animals,  on the 15th day of exposure,  and remained below unity
during the entire period of exposure.  This indicates a substantial effect of
mixture I, which caused  functional changes in the central nervous system and
was manifested  in a decrease of the subordinating influence of the center on
the ratio of chronaxies  of antagonist muscles.

     Considering the literature data on the specific  effect of benzene on the
white blood  cells,  we studied the influence of this mixture of vapors on the
absolute content of leucocytes, the differential count,  and the thrombocyte
content.  As was shown by the results, the leucocyte  content dropped consider-
ably in the  first group,  but the changes reached a statistically reliable
difference,  compared with the control only in the third month of exposure
(Fig. 4).


                                     A
                  13
                f"
                a m
                  8
                                        Exposure.
                   Q/XII-1965 13/M25/XII20/I7/IH966 ZZ/U'12/ffI26/111if/17
                               Date of test
                  Fig. 4. Average content of leucocytes in the blood of
                  rats exposed to benzene and acetopnenone vapors.
                          Notation sane as in Fig. 5.


     In the differential count,  a slight shift  to the  left  (increase in the
number of staff cells)  and an  appreciable decrease  in  the absolute number of
lymphocytes were observed at that time.


     Toward the end  of  the second month of exposure, the content of thrombocytes
in the blood of rats of the  first group dropped sharply (Fig.  5).  No appreci-
able changes were found in the erythrocyte content.


     As is evident from the  results of the studies, changes in the peripheral
blood occurred much  later than in the central nervous  system.   It may be '
postulated that this system, being the most sensitive  to the action of a mix-
ture of two substances  with  a  narcotic effect,  played  the major role in the
                                       - 62 -

-------
change  of  the blood composition.
                 350


               | 300
               I
               §
               5 250
8
                   «
                 200
                                                     Recovery
                                                      Period
                      25/XIH965 20/1 7/1H96G 22/11  12/fIf  20/111  It/IV
                                Date of study
                 Fig._5.  Average thrombooyte content in the blood of rats
                 of different groups. Notation same as in Fig. 3.
     At  the present time, a considerable amount  of  data has accumulated in
support  of  an important role of nucleic acids  in various processes connected
with the manifestation of life and primarily with protein synthesis and the
growth and  division of cells.

     A series of physiological states of the organism are related to the
intensification of the synthesis and metabolism  of  nucleic acids.  Particu-
larly intense is'the nucleic metabolism in processes  of blood formation,
enzyme synthesis,  and formation of protein secretions (S, S. Debov, 1954).

     Many toxic substances acting on the body  lead  to a quantitative change
in the content of  nucleic'acids in certain organs and media (Campbell and
Kosterlitz,  1952;  Rambach, Moomav, Aet, and Cooper, 1952, and others).

     A major part  in the vital activity of the organism is played by the
defensive function of nucleic acid.

     A.  I.  Oparin  and T. N. Yevreinova (1947)  showed  that when ENA is added
to various  proteins, their thermostability increases.

     A.  N.  Belozerskiy (1944) held that the defensive function of DNA is
manifested  in the  fact that it strongly binds  alkaline proteins of the type
of histones  or protamines.  It should be added that by forming such compounds,
a nucleic acid not only neutralizes alkaline proteins,  but also strips them
                                      - 63 -

-------
of their toxic properties.

     Ehrich, Drabkin and Format! (1949) showed a relationship between nucleic
acids and the production of antibodies by mature plasma cells of lymphatic
nodes.  Goret (1949) pointed out that the nucleoproteins of cells destroyed
in the body are a factor stimulating leucocytosis and phagocytosis.

     To determine the total content of nucleic acids in the blood, we used
a method proposed by P. V. Simakov (1960).  The recipe was based on the
general principles"of the method of determination of nucleic acids in bio-
logical substances, developed by A. S. Spirin (1958) and applied to blood.

     The method is based on the extraction of nucleic acids with hot perchloric
acid, followed by the determination of nucleic phosphorus in the solution by
photometry at wavelengths of 270 and 290 my; the content of nucleic acids is
calculated from the concentration of nucleic phosphorus.

     The determination was made in five rats (separately) of each group.

     As is evident from Fig. 6, the content of nucleic acids in the blood
of rats of the first group increased substantially relative to the control
as early as the end of the first month of exposure and remained high until
the end of the period of exposure.  The amount of these acids in the blood of
rats of the second group differed insignificantly from the data for the control.
On the 17th day of the recovery period, the content of nucleic acids in the
blood of rats of the first group decreased to the level of the control.

     The increase in the amount of nucleic acids in the blood of rats of the
first group eras apparently due to an increase in the content of staff cells
in the blood, reflecting an intensification of the defensive function of the
organism in response to the action of the irritant.

     It is well known that the penetration of young cells into the blood
causes a severalfold increase in the content of nucleic acids (Rurt, Murray
and Rossiter, 1951).

     Thus, changes in the quantitative content of nucleic acids in the blood
were found to be a sensitive indicator of the functional shifts occurring in
the animal body under conditions of chronic exposure to microdoses of benzene
in combination with acetophenone.

     Studies have shown (Yu. Ye. Korneyev, 1965j N. Z. Tkach, 1965) that the
determination of 17-ketosteroids in the urine is a sensitive test for evaluatr
ing the nonspecific effect of toxic substances on the functional state of the/
hypophyseal - adrenocortical system under the conditions of a chronic experi-'
ment.
                                      - 64 -

-------
                  soo
                     13/Xff-f965s 25/Xfl 20/15/fH966a Z2/1I16/111 28/111  1tfIV
                                Date of study
                   Fig. 6. Average content of nucleic acids in the blood of
                   rats exposed to benzene and acetophenone vapors. Notation
                                 same as in Fig. 3.
                             I
      The analysis was carried out on  the total urine of five rats of each
group.

      Our studies showed that the content of 17-ketosteroids in the urine of
animals  of the first group was higher than normal during almost the entire
course of exposure, but no significant difference in the results was obtained
relative to the control.

      It  should be noted that after the completion of exposure, all the
changes  detected in the body of the experimental animals returned to normal
in a  comparatively short period of time (16-18 days).  Hence, the shifts ob-
served were relatively slight and functional in character.
     No
a mixture
         changes could be observed in animals  of the second group,
         e of 0.9 - 0.02 mg/m3 benzene and  0.03 - 0.00005 mg/m3 ac
   which inhaled
acetophenone.
     The  internal organs and brain of the  rats  were subjected to histopatho-
logical analysis.  In rats of the first group,  a slight focal proliferation
of structures of the epithelium lining the bronchi  was observed, apparently
formed in response to irritation by the inhaled vapors of benzene and aceto-
phenone.   The parenchyma of the liver had  dilated sinuses.  The nuclei of
the liver cells retained their structure and only isolated ones were pyfcnotic.
Kupffery  cells were markedly hypertrophied, indicating activation of the
reticuloendothelial system of the liver.
                                       - 65 -

-------
     Some metabolic processes of the liver were studied by means of histo-
chemical reactions.  A marked decrease in the content of glycogen in the cells
was observed, indicating a certain decline in the functional activity of the
liver.  In the determination of the content of RNA in the liver cells, an
intensive synthesis of which indicates a high biological activity of the organ,
a certain decrease of the pyroninophilic granules in the cytoplasm of the
liver cells was noted.  The RNA granules were often irregularly distributed,
and the intensity of this reaction showed slight fluctuations in certain
animals.

     In the cerebral cortex in animals of the first group, many nerve cells
were in a state of segmental chromatolysis.  The chromatolysis observed in
the neurons of the cerebral cortex was reversible; this was demonstrated by
merely discontinuing the action of benzene and acetophenone vapors on the
body, whereupon the chromatolysis effects disappeared.

     A study of the reaction for RNA in the nerve cells of the cerebral cortex
showed that the effect of a mixture of benzene (9 mg/m^) and acetophenone
(0.003 mg/nH) on the body leads to a decrease of RNA, compared with the control,

     The following conclusion may be drawn from the results of the chronic
experiment.  The inhalation of mixture I of substances by the animals caused
marked changes in the functional state of the central nervous system, mani-
fested in a change of the normal ratio of chronaxies of the antagonist
muscles.  The changes detected were confirmed by studying the state of the
nerve cells of the cerebral cortex.

     A normal ratio of chronaxies of antagonist muscles was observed during
the recovery period.  Changes in the nerve cells of the cerebral cortex were
also reversible.  Consequently, changes in the central nervous system were
only functional in character.

     Much later than in the central nervous system, in the course of the ex-
periment, changes were detected in the peripheral blood (first group of rats),
manifested in leucopenia, absolute lymphopenia, a slight shift of the differen-
tial count to the left, and thrombocytopenia.

     Another highly sensitive test was found to be the determination of the
total content of nucleic acid in the blood, whose amount during the exposure
was increased in rats of the first group, compared with the control.

     No reliable change in the number of erythrocytes in the blood and 17-
ketosteroids in the urine could be obtained.
                                                                          I
     The changes detected in rats of the first group during the exposure re-i
turned to normal during the recovery period.  In rats of the second group, no
reliable changes relative to the control were observed.
                                      - 66 -

-------
     Thus, mixture  II  of the substances was found to be Inactive  toward the
organism of rats  during a prolonged, continuous inhalation.

     In order  to  study the pollution of atmospheric air with  benzene and
acetophenone vapors, analyses were carried out around a typical industrial
plant producing synthetic phenol and acetone; they showed  that at a distance
of 100 m from  the source of discharge, the highest single  total concentra-
tion of the mixture is 197 times the recommended norm, and at distances of
300 and 500 m, 21.8 and 6.28 times respectively (Table 2). At a  distance of
1000 m, benzene and acetophenone were not detected in the  atmosphere.  Yu. Ye,
Korneyev, U. G. Pogosyan and N. Z. Tkach (1965) also failed to detect any
pollution of air  with  phenol and acetone at this distance.
                                                      Table 2

             Pollution of Atmospheric Air with Benzene and Acetophenone (in milli-
                 grams per m3) Around a Synthetic Phenol and Acetone Plant.
Substance

Benzene



Acetophenone



Total concen-
tration above
proposed norm
(1.5)
Distance
From
Source
of Dis-
charge, m
. 100
300
500
1000
100
300
500
1000
100
300
500
Number of
Samples

16
26
25
25
11
17
26
25
.97 times greatc
6.28 " "
Limits of
fluctuations

2,1—4,73
0,030—1,18
0,010—0,18
Average
Concen-
tration

3.3
0,68
0,091
Negative Results
0,050—0,879
0,032—0.0967
0,0030—0,0286
0.258
0,0575
0,0076
Negative Results
r



      It may be assumed that for the plant studied,  the width of the sanitary
protective zone with respect to such leading components  of atmospheric dis-
charge as benzene, phenol, acetone and acetophenone should be no less than
1 km.
                                     - 67 -

-------
                                  Conclusions

      1.  In a study of the reflex effect of a mixture of benzene and aceto-
 phenone vapors on the human body, a complete summation of the effects of
 their action was found; the total concentration index of the threshold mix-
 tures is equal to 1.

      2.  Chronic round-the-clock exposure of rats  for 84 days to a mixture
 of benzene and acetophenone vapors in concentrations  of 9.0 and 0.030 mg/nH
 causes a series of statistically reliable functional  shifts in the body of
 the animals:  in the central nervous system, blood system,  and in the total
 content of nucleic acids in the blood.

      Pathomorphological changes of reversible nature  in certain internal
 organs were also observed.

      3.  Chronic exposure under the same conditions to a mixture of benzene
 and acetophenone vapors in concentrations at the level of the maximum in-
 active ones as determined by the electroencephalographic test failed to
 cause any reliable shifts in the animal  organism,  compared  with the control.

      4.  When benzene and acetophenone vapors are  present together in atmos-
 pheric air, the total concentration of the mixture in fractions of the maximum
 permissible concentration of each of the substances should  not exceed 1.5.

      5.  The sanitary protective zone between the  boundary  of synthetic phenol
 and acetone plants and the  boundary of the residential area should be at least
 1 km wide.
                                LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the end
       of the volume in the 1968 bibliography.
                                    -  68 -

-------
         MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS OF PHENOL AND ACETOPHENONE

                      PRESENT TOGETHER IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR


                  Aspirant (graduate student) Yu. Ye. Korneyev
                     A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene,
                          Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR

From Akademlya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie i gigienicheskoe
znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red.'V. A. Ryazanova.  Vypusk 10,
Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 155-169,  (1967).

     The study of the complex effect of atmospheric pollutants on the organism
constitutes at the present time one of the newest trends in research on the
hygiene of atmospheric air.  In this connection, we were assigned the objective
of studying the nature of the combined effects of phenol and  acetophenone va-
pors on the organism.

     In industry, the combined action of these compounds occurs when phenol and
acetone are produced by the cumene process, which'is associated with the dis-
charge of vapors of phenol, acetophenone, acetone, benzene, and other toxic sub-
stances into atmospheric  air, i. e., substances that act simultaneously on the
human organism.  No data  in the literature are available on the combined action
of phenol and acetophenone.  When several poisons, even of  similar structure,
are acting, the result obtained may differ considerably from  the action of each
of these substances taken individually, and is manifested in  each case by a
complete or partial summation, potentiation,  antagonism, or mutually independ-
ent action of the component parts of the mixture (N. S. Pravdin, 1929; N. V.
Lazarev, 1938; V. A. Ryazanov, 1954).  Thus,  only an organized experiment can
in each case provide a complete and exhaustive solution to  this problem.  Most
frequently, the action of toxic substances involves a simple  summation of
their action, whose evaluation is made by using the general formula
                                 X --A- + -L.
                                 x - MA  + MB '
where A and B are the concentrations of the investigated substances in atmos-
pheric air in milligrams  per cubic meter; MA  and MB are the maximum permis-
sible concentrations of these substances in milligrams per  cubic meter for
their isolated action.

     The highest single and mean daily maximum permissible  concentrations in
atmospheric air for phenol were established at a level of 0.01 mg/m3 for phenol
and 0.03 mg/m3 for acetophenone (B. M. Mukhitov, 1962; N. B.  Imasheva, 1963).
The toxicological properties of phenol have been described  rather extensively
in the literature.  The modes of its penetration into the organism are extreme-
ly varied.  In studies of workers employed for long periods of time in plants
producing phenol, different authors have noted instances of acute and chronic
poisoning due to inhalation of phenol vapors.  Most common  are injuries to the
                                     - 69 -

-------
 central nervous system, followed by those to the cardiovascular system.  The
 activity of the gastrointestinal tract is disturbed,  and there are disturb-
 ances of vitamin metabolism (V. K. Navrotskiy,  1928;  Z.  E.  Grigor'yev,  1953;
 V. I. Petrov, I960).

      In a study of workers exposed to phenol vapors,  A.  S.  Stegniy and  Ye.  K.
 D'yakonenko (1961) noted hypotonia, polyneuritic disturbances of sensitivity
 and the absence of ventral reflexes, and insufficiency of convergence.

      The toxicology of acetophenone has been insufficiently studied,  and from
 the standpoint of the aspect of interest to us,  only  the work of N. B.  Imasheva
 gives the most complete description of the action of  low concentrations of
 acetophenone on the organism.

      Phenol has extensive applications in industry which are clearly  not com-
 parable to those of acetophenone,  but the combined action of these two  com-
 pounds is indissolubly associated  with the production of phenol and acetone
'by the cumene process, in which a  steadily evolved by-production is aceto-
 phenone, whose discharged amounts  vary according to the  demand for it,  i. e.,
 as the industry's demand for acetophenone decreases,  the amount of its  dis-
 charges into the atmosphere increases.  Thus, the action of phenol and  aceto-
 phenone on the organism under ordinary conditions does not  occur in an  iso-
 lated manner, but rather there is  a steady combined action  whose nature we
 studied in our experiments.

      In determining phenol in atmospheric air, we used two  methods:  first,
 determination of-phenol in the reaction with diazotized  paranitroaniline,
 whose reaction with phenol in a carbonic acid medium  produces a color rang-
 ing from yellowish-green to reddish-brown.  The  sensitivity of the method
 is 0.2 yg in a volume of 5 ml.  This was followed by  the use of the more
 sensitive method of determination  of phenol with 4-aminoantipyrine (V.  A.
 Khrustaleva, 1962).

      In the experiments performed, acetophenone  was determined spectrophoto-
 metrically (M. D.  Manita, 1963).  The method involves measurement of  the op-
 tical density of a solution of acetophenone in  ethyl  alcohol at a wavelength
 of 244 my in a cell with a light path of 10 mm.   The  sensitivity of the method
 is 0.25 yg in 1 ml.  In studying the actual pollution of atmospheric  air
 around a plant producing synthetic phenol and acetone, we used a chemical
 method of determination of acetophenone vapors  (V. A. Khrustaleva, 1961).  In
 the study of the reflex effect of  low concentrations  of  a phenol-acetophenone
 mixture, we determined the threshold of olfactory perception of the mixture,
 and studied its influence on the light sensitivity of the eye and the elec-
 trical activity of the cerebral cortex.  The observations were made on  prap-
 tically healthy people.

      The determination of the odor threshold of  the phenol-acetophenone mixture
                                      -  70  -

-------
was made according to a procedure recommended by the Committee on Sanitary
Protection of Atmospheric Air.  First, all the subjects were familiarized with
the odors of phenol and acetophenone, then the thresholds of olfactory percep-
tion of each of these substances were checked.  A total of 22 persons partic-
ipated in these experiments.  For two subjects, the odor threshold concentra-
tion of phenol was 0.017 mg/m3 (subthreshold concentration, 0.016 mg/m3); 14
subjects identified the minimum phenol concentration at a level of 0.022 mg/m3
(subthreshold concentration 0.017 mg/m3); in the remaining subjects, the odor
threshold was at higher levels.  B. Mukhitov established the threshold of ol-
factory perception of phenol for the most sensitive persons at the level of
0.022 mg/m3.

     The odor threshold of acetophenone for 10 subjects was found to be 0.010
mg/m3 (subliminal concentration 0.008 mg/m3).  For 11 persons, the threshold
concentration was at a level of 0.0285 mg/m3 (subliminal concentration of
0.01 mg/m3).  The odor threshold for one subject was above 0.03 mg/m3.  The
threshold of olfactory perception of acetophenone for the most sensitive per-
sons was established by N. B. Imasheva at a level of 0.01 mg/m3.

     The odor threshold of a phenol-acetophenone mixture was determined on 18
subjects.  Of these, 6 persons who were the most sensitive in the tests per-
formed participated in experiments involving both isolated action of the com-
pounds and the mixture of phenol and acetophenone.  A total of 752 determina-
tions were made.  In studying the action of the mixture, its total concentra-
tion  was expressed in fractions of the threshold concentrations according to
the given test.  Studies involving the determination of the odor threshold of
the phenol-acetophenone mixture for the most sensitive persons gave concurrent
results.

     The odor threshold for these persons was defined as 0.022 mg/m3 for phenol
and 0.01 mg/m3 for acetophenone.

     The odor threshold mixture had a total concentration index of 0.99
,0.013 mg/rn^   0.004 mg/m3N  i. e., when low concentrations of phenol and
 0.022 mg/mj + 0.01 mg/m3  '
acetophenone vapors are present together in atmospheric air, a complete sum-
mation of their action takes place.

     Expressed in fractions of the thresholds for isolated action, the imper-
ceptible mixture had a total concentration index of 0.72.

     The study of .the influence of low concentrations of the phenol-acetophenone
mixture on the light sensitivity of the eye was made on an ADM adaptometer
using a procedure recommended by the Committee on Sanitary Protection of
Atmospheric Air.  We introduced some modifications of the design of the cylinder
and supplied air at a rate of 30-35 1/min.  The increased velocity of air move-
ment was not perceived by the subjects.  It was thus possible to make the volume
                                      -  71  -

-------
of supplied air (500 ml/sec)  equal to the volume of air inhaled  by the per-
son at  rest.

     Adaptometric studies were conducted on three subjects.  Two mixtures
of different concentrations of phenol and acetophenone were tested.   A
total of  93 determinations were made.  Each test lasted 45 minutes,  and the
light sensitivity of the eyes  was measured successively every 5  minutes.
Four tests  were carried out with each gaseous mixture.  The results  were sub-
jected  to statistical treatment.

     In the adaptometric studies, our calculations were made with  threshold
values  obtained by B. M. Mukhitov and N, B. Imasheva for the isolated action
of phenol and acetophenone.  The total concentration index of the  first mix-
              ,  ^  -i  n [0.00747 mg/m3 , .    ,.    0.00517 mg/m3 ,       .      ..
ture was  equal to 1.0 p/\ m cc	7~T~ Cphenol; +   A m	Ta4»— (acetophenone) ] ,
                       [u.UJ.->->  mg/nH               u.ui  mg/m
  j .M,  «.  * 4.1.       A  • 4-      4-  n -7-7 (0.0059 mg/m3   0.0039 mg/m3)
and that  of the second mixture,  to 0.77 ^, -mvv— i n + —R-TTT—'  •>  •*( .
                                '         (0.0155 mg/m3     0.01 ing/m-*)
                   In thousands

                   ZtO


                   200


                   ISO


                   120


                    80
                                                    10
                              Minutes of study
                 Fig. 1.  Curve of dark adaptation of the eyes in
                 subject T. H. during inhalation of gaseous mixture
                 of phenol and acetone.
                 1 - pure air; 2 - mixture with total concentration
                 index of 1.0: 3 - mixture with total concentration
                               index of 0.77.

     In the  studies performed, the  first mixture  caused statistically  signifi-
cant changes in all three subjects.  The second mixture caused no changes in
the course of the  curve of dark  adaptation of the eyes (Fig. 1).
                                       - 72 -

-------
     Thus, in this experiment as well as in the experiments involving the deter-
mination of the threshold of olfactory perception of the phenol-acetophenone
mixture, a complete summation of the action of the compounds studied was ob-
served again:  the total concentration index of the minimum active mixture
was equal to 1.

     We studied the influence of low concentrations of the phenol-acetophenone
mixture on the electrical activity of the cerebral cortex by using a procedure
developed for sanitary investigations by A. D. Semenenko.  We used the method
of reinforcement of man's intrinsic alpha rhythm during successive stimulation
of the subject with intermittent light corresponding to the frequency of his
rhythm and to the procedure similarly described in the paper of U. G. Pogosyan.
The studies were conducted on three subjects (112 tests).

     The leads were taken from each hemisphere from the occiput, temple, and
forehead.  Two mixtures of gaseous concentrations of phenol and acetophenone

were tested.  First mixture:  phenol - nmcg    1^  = °-49 
-------
                   100
                   80
                               Minutes of study
                   Fig. 2. Change in the electrical activity of the brain
                   in subject T. K. during inhalation of a gaseous mixture
                   of phenol and acetophenone.
                   Notation same as in Fig. 1; AB - period of inhalation of
                                 gaseous mixture.
     Group  I  -  acetophenone (0.00171 mg/m^) + phenol  (0.0062
     The total  concentration index of  this mixture, expressed in fractions  of
the existing  mean daily maximum permissible concentrations,  was 1.19.

     Group  II - acetophenone (0.01732  mg/m3) + phenol  (0.0637 mg/m^).
     The total  concentration index of  the mixture was  12.14.

     Group  III  - control.
     In addition, in groups IV and V,  in collaboration with Graduate Student
N. Z. Tkach,  we studied the effect of  three compounds:  acetophenone, phenol,
and acetone.

     Group  IV - acetophenone (0.00147  mg/m3) + phenol  (0.0048 mg/m3) + acetone
(0.136 mg/m3).
     The total  concentration index of  the mixture was  1.36.

     Group  V  -  acetophenone (0.01141 mg/m3) + phenol  (0.04162 mg/m3) + acetone
(1.334 mg/m3).
     The total  concentration index of  the mixture was  11.76.
                                      - 74 -

-------
     The studies were conducted  on white male rats with  an initial weight of
70-100  g.  Fifteen  animals were  placed in  each exposure  chamber.  The  concen-
trations of the substances studied were checked daily during the 84 days of
exposure.  During that time, observations  were made on the general condition
of the  rats, their  weight, the cholinesterase activity,  motor chronaxy of
antagonist muscles, porphyrin metabolism,  number of eosinophils in peripheral
blood,  and excretion of 17-ketosteroids and  vitamin C with the urine.

     The general condition of the animals  and their weight in all the  groups
did not differ in any way from those of animals of the control group.

     We determined  the cholinesterase activity by using  a slightly modified
procedure of Fleisher, Pope  and  Spear (1954).  A statistically significant de-
crease  in cholinesterase activity was detected on the 4th day of exposure in
animals of groups II and V,  exposed to high  concentrations of the compounds
studied.  The changes remained distinct until the end of the experiment, and
the cholinesterase  activity  returned to normal only during the recovery period.
In the  animals of the remaining  groups, no such disturbances arose (Fig. 3).
                                                               IS/I
                                    Date of study
                 Fig.  3. Changes in cholinesterase activity in experimental animals
                 during inhalational exposure to mixtures of phenol, acetophenone,
                 and acetone.
                 1 - group I (mixture of phenol and acetophenone with total concen-
                 tration index of 1.19); 2 - group II (mixture of phenol and
                 acetophenone with total concentration index of 12.14); 3 - group
                 III (control); 4 - group IV (mixture of phenol, acetophenone, and
                 acetone with total concentration index of 1.36); 5 - group V
                 (mixture of phenol, acetophenone, and acetone with total concen
                 tration index of 11.76); AB - period of exposure.
                                           - 75  -

-------
     We were able to evaluate the functional state of the nervous system from
data on the motor chronaxy of antagonist muscles, which was studied in the
course of the chronic experiment.  As we know, shifts in motor chronaxy, which
is a fairly mobile indicator of the excitability and changes under the in-
fluence of the slightest factors of the surrounding medium acting on the orga-
nism, accurately characterize the functional state of the organism.  Exposure
of the animals to high concentrations of the substances studied (groups II and
V) had a considerable influence on the functional state of the nervous system
(Fig. 4).  A change in motor chronaxy appeared in these groups toward the end
of the first month of exposure.  There was no change in the remaining groups
of animals.  At the end of the recovery period, the ratio of chronaxies re-
turned to normal.

     Various intoxications and illnesses affecting the nervous system cause
disturbances in the porphyrin metabolism.  The appearance of coproporphyrin
in the urine indicates incipient manifestations of a disturbance of nervous
regulation in the synthesis of hemoglobin (0. M. Chernyy and S. E. Krasovitskaya,
1951).  In our studies, a significant increase in the excretion of copropor-
phyrin with the urine was observed in animals of groups II and V during three
months of exposure.  During the recovery period, the excretion of copropor-
phyrin became normal (Fig. 5).

     In the course of the chronic experiment, we also observed the excretion
of 17-ketosteroids with the urine.  A leading role in the regulation of excre-
tion of steroid hormones of the adrenal cortex, which possess a marked reac-
tivity, is played by the nerous system, and the function of the cortical part
of the adrenals depends on the corticotrophic hormone of the anterior hypophy-
seal lobe, which in turn is controlled by the central nervous system (S. G.
Genes, 1955).  The corticosteroid function is a response to a stimulus acting
on the organism.  The study of 17-ketosteroids gives an idea of the disturbance
of the mechanisms controlling the function of the adrenal cortex.  The adrenal
hormones influence the morphological composition of perpiheral blood.  This
is particularly apparent in the eosinophils.  Eosinopenia serves as an indi-
cator of the reinforcement of the function of the adrenal cortex (D. Ya.
Shchurygin, S. F. Murchakova, and N. A. Belov, 1957).

     We therefore investigated the excretion of 17-ketosteroids and the number
of eosinophils in the blood during exposure of the rats.  Changes in the excre-
tion of 17-ketosteroids with the urine were observed in animals of groups II
and V.  It can be seen from Fig. 6 that an increased excretion of the hormones
in these groups corresponds to the entire period of the chronic experiment,
but statistically significant changes were obtained only in the third month of
exposure, which may be accounted for to some extent by the irregularity of the
excretion of 17-ketosteroids by the control group of the animals.  The content
of 17-ketosteroids in the urine of animals of groups I and IV differed only
slightly from that of animals of the control group.  The analyses were made
every 15 days at a fixed time.
                                    - 76 -

-------

g 2
3
2
•8
ti '
CD
• H
O
•H

3s^
*^».
VJ
5



i _i
5/IX 2e/tt 12/X 22/X

mental animals during u
a/*t*4- /
* «
^•"TZXsssis**-^

•^
N-Jis— ~




/A/ ///// 21/11 I/XII
Dates of study





^*d



B

=-5?
/
/



• t
tf/Jtll it/Ml till

xies of extensors and flexors in experi-
ihalational exposure to mixtures of phenol,
                               ,
                   Notation same as in Fig.
      yg/100 g  of  weight

                 /I
         0.5 -
               	 I      I     j     II      p	•     |      1

          gt/X   3/X   13/X  28/X  12/XI 27/XI  /2/Xff 27/Xll H/l   ft//

                             Dates of study
         Fig. 5.. Excretion of  coproporphyrin with the urine during
         inhalational exposure  of  experimental animals to  mixtures
                   of phenol, acetophenone, and acetone.
                        Notation same as in Fig.  3.
|ig/100 g of weight
          15/X     30/X    M/XI    29/XI    ff/XII    27/Xll    tS/l     tg/l
                              Dates of study
  Fig. 6.  Excretion of 17-ketosteroids with urine during exposure of
  experimental animals to mixture of phenol, acetophenone, and acetone.
                       Notation same as in Fig. 3.
                                      -  77  -

-------
     The dynamic  study of the content of  eosinophils in peripheral blood  may
serve as one  of the indicators of the reactivity of the organism.  The most
diverse factors leading to the development of  inhibition in the central nerv-
ous system cause  a decrease of the absolute number of eosinophils in peripheral
blood (K. Kh. Kyrge, 1956).  The eosinophils were counted in a Fuchs-Rosenthal
counting chamber  (S. M. Bakman, 1958).  A decrease in the number of eosinophils
in the peripheral blood of animals of groups II  and V was observed.  Eosinopenia,
confirmed statistically, was detected twice in the second and third months  of
exposure (Fig.  7).  No significant changes in  the fluctuation of eosinophils
were observed in  animals of the remaining groups.

     The determination of the content of  ascorbic acid in the urine of animals
of all the groups failed to show any changes as  compared with the control.

     Thus, inhalational exposure of experimental animals to a mixture of  high
concentrations of phenol and acetophenone (group II) and their combination  with
acetone (group V) clearly showed changes  in cholinesterase activity, motor
chronaxy of antagonist muscles, porphyrin metabolism, excretion of 17-keto-
steroids with urine, and a drop in the eosinophil count in the peripheral blood
of the animals.
                 250
                 zoo
                 ISO
                 too
                  SO
                   «/U    IS/X   31/X   15/XI   JO/JC/  tS/XIt   18/1

                                 Dates of study
                   Fig. 7. Fluctuations of eosinophils in the peripheral
                   blood of the animals during inhalational exposure to
                   mixtures of phenol, acetophenone, and acetone.
                            Notation sane as in Fig. 3.
                                       - 78 -

-------
     No  changes  in the organism of the animals during prolonged exposure were
caused by  total  concentrations  of phenol and acetophenone at a level of 1.19
in  fractions  of  the existing maximum permissible concentrations and of 1.36 in
the combination  of these  compounds with acetone.

     Considering that  the gap between our proposed highest single concentra-
tion of  the phenol-acetophenone mixture'(1.5) and the investigated mean daily
concentrations (1.19 and  1.36)  is small,  and that the minimum resorptively
acting mixture lies at a  level  of 1.96,  in accordance with the recommendation
of  the Section on Sanitary Protection of Atmospheric Air of the Ail-Union
Problem  Commission,  we propose  a mean daily concentration of the investigated
compounds  at  the same  level  as  the highest single concentration, i. e., 1.5
in  fractions  of  the maximum  permissible concentrations for isolated action.

     One of the  sections  of  our work consisted in a study of the actual pollu-
tion of  atmospheric  air around  a plant producing synthetic phenol and acetone,
and in a. sanitary evaluation of the data obtained.  The samples were collected
in May 1964 on the leeward side of the plant at distances from 100 to 1000 m.
According  to  the data  of  the municipal sanitary-epidemiological station, the
plant discharges into  the atmosphere 2.2  tons of pure phenol per year.  The
discharges of acetophenone are  not taken  into account.  At a distance of 500
m,  the highest single  concentrations of'phenol surpassed the maximum permis-
sible concentrations by a factor of 8.7,  and those of acetophenone, by a
factor of 9.3 (Table 3).   The total concentration of the investigated compounds
surpasses our recommended highest single  concentration by a factor of 12.   At
a distance of 1000m, neither of these compounds was observed in atmospheric
air.  The width  of the sanitary protective zone for this type of production
can be established only after analyzing the atmospheric air for the entire
assortment of the toxic substances  discharged by the plant.
                                                      Table 3
                        Pollutioi) of Atmospheric Air Around a Plant
                         Producing Synthetic Phenol and Acetone •
Distance
From
Source, m
Number
-of
Samples
Of These,
Above .The
Sensitivity
of»the Method
Concentrations, mg/m'
Maximum
Average
                                   •Phenol
100
300
500
1000
17
13
23
25
17
13
20
—
0,29
0.219
0,087
—
0,1642
0,1019
0.03417
—
Acetophenone
100
300
500
1000
11
17
26
25
/
11
. 17
12

0,879
0.0967
0.0286
—
0,258
0,0571
0,00764
—
                                     - 79 -

-------
                                  Conclusions

     1.  The odor threshold mixture of phenol and acetophenone for the most
sensitive persons is one of 0.013 mg/m3 phenol and 0.004 mg/nH acetophenone
with an index of total concentration in fractions of threshold concentrations
for isolated action equal to 1.  A mixture of 0.01 mg/m3 phenol and 0.0026
mg/m3 acetophenone with a total concentration index of 0.72 is imperceptible.

     2.  The threshold mixture from the standpoint of the light sensitivity
of the eyes is one consisting of 0.00747 mg/m3 phenol and 0.00517 mg/m3 ace-
tophenone with a total concentration index of 1.  The total concentration
index of the inactive mixture is 0.77.

     3.  A mixture of 0.00759 mg/m3 phenol and 0.00357 mg/m3 acetophenone
with a total concentration index of 1 is active with respect to the elec-
trical activity of the brain.
     A mixture with a total concentration index of 0.77 is inactive.

     4.  The studies performed show that when phenol and acetophenone are
jointly present in atmospheric air, a complete summation of their action takes
place.

     5.  Since the maximum permissible'concentrations of phenol and acetophenone
were established with a certain margin, their highest single total concentra-
tion expressed in fractions of the corresponding maximum permissible concen-
trations should not exceed 1.5.

     6.  Exposure of experimental animals to phenol concentrations of 0.0637
mg/m3 and acetophenone concentrations of 0.01732 mg/m^ (total concentration
index 12.14) and to a mixture of phenol, acetophenone, and acetone with a
total concentration index of 11.765 revealed substantial changes in cholin-
esterase activity, motor chronaxy of antagonist muscles, porphyrin metab-
olism, and content of 17-ketosteroids in the urine of the animals, and
caused a marked eosinopenia.

     7.  A mixture of phenol and acetophenone and also their combination with
acetone does not cause any changes in the animal organism during a prolonged
exposure if their total concentration in fractions of the maximum permissible
values does not exceed 1.19 and 1.36 respectively.

     8.  The mean daily maximum permissible concentration of phenol and ace-
tophenone present simultaneously in atmospheric air may be recommended at the
same level as the highest single concentration.
     This conclusion also applies to the combined action of the three compounds.
                                                                          I    /
     9.  The width of the sanitary protective zone for a plant producing syn-
thetic phenol and acetone can be established after a complete analysis of atmos-
pheric air for all of the toxic substances discharged by the plant.
                                      - 80 -

-------
                           LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the
       end of the volume in the 1967 bibliography.
                                - 81 -

-------
                 SANITARY EVALUATION OF THE COMBINED ACTION OF

                     ACETONE AND PHENOL IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
                                 U. G. Pogosyan
                     A. N. Sysin Institue of General and Communal Hygiene,
                           Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie i gigienicheskoe
znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red. V. A. Ryazanova.  Vypusk 10,
Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 135-154, (1967).

     Experimental studies of the biological effect of  atmospheric pollutants
have been greatly expanded in the Soviet Union and have formed the basis  for
the standardization of the maximum permissible content of noxious substances
in atmospheric air.  A list of such norms currently specifies the maximum
permissible concentrations of 67 ingredients for isolated action.

     However, the discharges of a single enterprise frequently contain several
noxious substances, and the surrounding atmosphere is  polluted by several of
them simultaneously.  The substances used in industry  are very complex mix-
tures of various compounds; the different ingredients may react with each other
and form new, sometimes more toxic compounds.  For example, a single populated
area frequently contains several different kinds of industrial plants discharg-
ing different substances, etc.  For this reason, in addition to developing
further the studies of various ingredients on the organism, it is necessary to
investigate the action of their mixtures.

     From the standpoint of their combined action, atmospheric pollutants have
been studied comparatively little.  Research along these lines has shown  that
when certain substances are simultaneously present in  air, a complete summation
of their action is observed:  such are sulfur dioxide  and sulfuric acid aerosol
(K. A. Bushtuyeva, 1961); hydrogen sulfide, carbon disulfide and Dowtherm (Kh.
Kh. Mannanova, 1964); ethylene, propylene, butylene and amylene (M. L.
Krasovitskaya, 1964); isopropylbenzene and its hydroperoxide (G. I. Solomin,
1964); strong mineral acids (sulfuric, hydrochloric, and nitric) in concen-
trations of H ions (V. P. Melekhina, 1964).  The results of these studies are
embodied in a table of maximum permissible concentrations of noxious substances
in the atmospheric air of populated areas, ratified at the end of 1965.

     One of the most promising technological processes that have emerged  in the
world industry of organic synthesis is the method of combined production  of
acetone and phenol via isopropylbenzene hydroperoxide  (cumene).  It was first
developed and applied on an industrial scale in the Soviet Union in 1949. Be-
cause of the steadily increasing consumption of acetone and phenol in various
branches of the national economy, the cumene method of production of these
                                      - 82 -

-------
compounds, which is the most economical method, is being widely adopted.  Enter-
prises engaged in the combined production of acetone and phenol by the cumene
process are among those which can cause pollution of the atmosphere with nox-
ious substances and their combinations because of imperfections from the stand-
point of sanitary protection of the outside environment, imperfections in the
technological processes, and an inadequate development of methods of purifi-
cation of the discharges.

     Studies have shown (V. P. Melekhina and M. A. Pinigin, 1961) that the
atmospheric air around a plant of combined acetone and phenol production is
polluted with acetone, phenol, and many other substances at a considerable
distance from the plant.  The study of the combined action of acetone and
phenol in low concentrations is of definite practical and theoretical interest
because of the necessity of standardizing the content of these compounds in
atmospheric air when they are jointly present.  Our study correlates data
obtained in an experimental study of this problem.

     Acetone (dimethyl ketone) is an irritating and narcotic compound which has
the property of accumulating in the organism.  Phenol (carbolic acid) is a
nerve poison which has a local irritating and cauterizing effect (N. V. Lazarev,
1951).  In determining acetone and phenol in atmospheric air, we used a nephe-
lometric method for acetone (M. V. Alekseyeva, B. Ye. Andronov, S. S. Gurvits,
and A. S. Zhitkov, 1954) and a colorimetric method for phenol (V. A. Khrustaleva,
1962).

     Acetone reacting with iodine in an alkaline medium forms a white suspen-
sion of iodoform, whose intensity is compared with a standard scale.  The
sensitivity of the method is 0.001 mg in a volume of 4.5 ml.  The method is
specific, and phenol does not interfere with the determination.

     When phenol reacts with 4-aminoantipyrine in the presence of potassium
ferricyanide at pH 9.3, a pink color appears.  The sensitivity of the method
is 0.0002 mg in a volume of 2 ml.  Acetone does not interfere with the deter-
mination.

     We began our study of the effect of low concentrations of acetone and
phenol on the human organism by determining the threshold of their olfactory
perception in a mixture, having first verified the already-established odor
thresholds of the separate substances in 18 persons.

     The determination of the threshold of olfactory perception was performed
by using a standard procedure'(V. A. Ryazanov, K. A. Bushtuyeva, and Yu. V.
Novikov, 1957).  Of 18 people, 5 were selected for whom the odor thresholds
of both acetone and phenol were the lowest and amounted to 1.1 mg/m3 for
the former compound and 0.022 mg/m3 for the latter; this confirms some
studies made earlier (Yu. G. Fel'dman, 1962; B. A. Mukhitov, 1963).  The con-
centration of acetone and phenol in the determination of the threshold of
                                      - 83 -

-------
 olfactory perception of their mixture is given in Table 1.

                                                         Table 1

                 Concentration of Acetone and Phenol Corresponding to the Thres-
                       hold of Olfactory Perception of Their Mixture.
Concentration of Acetone and Phenol in Their Mixtur
ng/Di3
Acetone
i;i*
t.i
0,72
1,1
0,55
~P~
0,55
1.1
0,36
1.1
Phenol
0,022
0,022
0,011
0.022
0,011
0.022
0.008
0.022
0.011
0.022
tn Fractions of Threshold
for Isolated Action
Acetone
1,0
0,65
0,5
. 0,5
0,33
Phenol
1,0
0,5
0,5
0.36
0,5
i Total Concen-
tration in Fractions
of the Threshold
Concentration of each
Component Part
2,0
1,15
1,0
0.86
0,83
                   * Numerator - concentration studied; denominator - odor threshold
                              concentration for isolated action.


     We shall  illustrate the nature of the combined  action of the substances
studied by using  as  an example the data obtained  on  the five most sensitive
persons (Table 2).

     As can be seen  from Table 2, the odor threshold of the acetone-phenol
mixture for the five most sensitive persons was established for an index of
1.0 of the total  concentration in fractions of the threshold concentration for
each component part.  The remaining 13 indicated  concentrations were not per-
ceived by the  subjects,  which is quite natural, since  they had a higher odor
threshold for  both compounds taken both separately and  in a mixture.

     The perception  threshold is not the limit of the physiological activity
of acting stimuli.   Very frequently, without being accompanied by sensations,
stimulations cause definite  physiological responses  of  so-called subliminal
character (G.  V.  Gershuni, 1949).  This phenomenon was  also confirmed in
studies with low  concentrations of noxious substances in the inhaled air.
Studies made along these lines showed that subliminal concentrations of chem-
ical stimuli whose odor  is imperceptible cause changes  in the functional state
of different organs  and  systems, particularly the visual system, and the thres-
hold of these  changes  is slightly below the threshold established by the inter-
rogation method.
                                       - 84 -

-------
                                               Table 2

                      Thresholds of Olfactory Perception of an Acetone-
                      Phenol Mixture for the Most Sensitive Persons.
Total Concentration
in Fractions of
Threshold Concentra-
tion of Each
Comoonent Part
2,0
1.15.
1.0
0,86
0,83
Results of Tests
Perceive
5 Persons
5 »
5 »
Do Not
Perceive
5 Persons
5 »
     The light  sensitivity  is  an  extremely  delicate and  labile function of the
visual system,  whose level  is  affected  by various  factors  in the surroundings.
There is special merit to the  hypothesis, based  on a series of studies (L. A;
Orbeli, 1934; A. V.'Lebedinskiy,  1935;  K. Kh.  Kekcheyev,  1946; P. P.  Lazarev,
1947; S. V. Kravkov, 1950),  that  the  light  sensitivity of  the eyes at the level
of total dark'adaptation reflects not only  the processes  taking place in the re-
ceptor itself,  but  is intimately  tied up  with  the  state  of the visual centers
of the cerebral cortex and  its stem part.  Hence,  a change in the level of the
light sensitivity of the eye under the  influence of secondary stimuli should
be regarded as  being a reflection of  physiological shifts  of not only periph-
eral but also central origin.

     A study of the reflex  effect of  an acetone-phenol mixture on the light
sensitivity of  the  eyes under  dark adaptation  conditions was made by using an
ADM adaptometer according to a standard procedure  on 3 out of 5 persons with
the most sensitive  odor threshold.  All three  had  a normal vision and a com-
paratively stable dark adaptation curve.  In view  of the  fact that for the
most sensitive  persons the  odor threshold concentrations  in our studies co-
incided with the concentrations established earlier (Yu.  G. Fel'dman, 1962;
B. M. Mukhitov, 1963), in carrying out  the  adaptometric  tests we used the
thresholds of the reflex effect of acetone  and phenol on  the light sensi-
tivity of the eyes  already  established  by these  authors.

     The first  combination  with a total concentration index of 1.6 causes
statistically significant changes of  the  light sensitivity of the eyes in
all three subjects.  The second combination with a total  concentration index
of 1 caused statistically significant changes  of the light sensitivity of
the eyes in only two persons.   It proved  inactive  for the  third subject.

     An acetone-phenol mixture with a total concentration  index of 0.85 was
found to be inactive.
                                       - 85 -

-------
                                                 Table 3

               Ratio of Acetone and Phenol Concentrations in the Determination
               of the Threshold of Their Reflex Effect on the Lirht Sensitivity
                                   of the Eye
                    Concentration of Acetone and Phenol in the Hixtupi*
In mg/ni'
Acetone
0.44*
0,55
0,27
0.55
0,22
0,55
Phenol
0.0125
0,0156
0,0078
0.0156
0.0070
0,0156
In Fractions of Threshold
for Isolated Action
Acetone
0.8
0.5
0.4
Phenol
0.8
0,5
0,45
Total_Concentra-
tion in
Fractions of
Threshold Concen
t rat ion of each
CoBpflHSnT part
1,6
1.0
0.85
               * Numerator concentrations studied; denominator - threshold con-
                centration for the given test for isolated action.
     Thus,  the  threshold of the reflex effect of acetone and phenol  on the
light sensitivity of the eye is at the level  of a total concentration  index
equal to 1.  A  mixture containing acetone and phenol in concentrations amount-
ing to less than  1 does not act on the light  sensitivity of the eye.

     The response of the light sensitivity  of the eyes in our subjects to a
brief inhalation  of acetone and phenol in a mixture was marked by  individual
characteristics.   Thus, in subjects R. L. and Ye. S., the'changes  were mani-
fested in a decrease of the light sensitivity of the eyes, and in  subject
G. L. the light sensitivity of the eyes increased.

     In"studies involving the experimental  standardization of atmospheric pol-
lutants, the method of electroencephalography has come into wide and justified
use.  Being a highly sensitive indicator of the functional state of  the nerv-
ous system, the electroencephalographic method best satisfies the  requirements
arising in  the  solution of theoretical problems and in practical hygienic
standardization of noxious substances in atmospheric air.

     We conducted a study of the reflex change of the electrical activity of
the brain during  inhalation of a mixture of acetone and phenol on  three sub-
jects by using  a  quantitative analysis of the reflex response of reinforce-
ment of the intrinsic alpha rhythm (A. D. Semenenko, B. N. Balashov, and Ye.
V. Arzamastsev, 1963).

     The thresholds of the reflex effect of acetone and phenol on  the  energy
of the brain potentials were established at the level of 0.44 mg/m.3  (Yu. G.
                                        - 86 -

-------
Fel'dman, 1962) and 0.0155 mg/m3 (B. M. Mukhitov, 1963) respectively.  Our
tests utilized these threshold values, established on the basis of desyn-
chronization of the alpha rhythm during the development of the electrocortical
conditioned reflex.  The tests were based on the use of the dependence of the
nature of the electroencephalogram on the functional state of the brain.
Principal attention was focused on the response of a burst of the alpha rhythm
and on the changes arising against the background of this burst as a result
of inhalation of an aceton-phenol mixture.

     The stimulus used was light flickering rhythmically at a frequency equal
to the optimum frequency of the subject's alpha rhythm.

     All the subjects underwent training experiments for 4 weeks in order to
make them develop a well-defined alpha rhythm and a definite dynamic stereo-
type.  The main observations were begun after obtaining comparatively stable'
data during inhalation of pure air.  This was accomplished by using standard,
stable conditions of observations.  During the tests, the subject had elec-
trodes attached to the surface of his head in a faintly illuminated, sound-
proof chamber, rested in a comfortable semireclining position, and breathed
pure air supplied at a rate of 30 1/min from a cylinder.  Two pickup units
recording the motor response to the stimuli were attached to the wrists.
All the subjects had been given preliminary instructions. 'The electroen-
cephalogram was recorded in the following sequence:  first, the initial back-
ground 'was recorded while pure air was being supplied.  Starting with the 4th
minute, the subject breathed the mixture studied for 6 minutes, then pure air
was again supplied for the next 6 minutes (recovery period).  The entire ob-
servation lasted 18 minutes, including 3 minutes of'training.  During each
minute, the rhythmic light was given for 18 seconds, and its intensity was
changed every'5 seconds.  In the intervals separating the times when the light
was turned on, the subject made free movements in his chair (limbered up).  A
sound whose intensity was also varied was then turned on for 10 seconds.  After
the sound was discontinued, the subject waited for the light for 7 seconds.

     During the entire study, the subject was in a state of active mental and
motor activity.  This removed the possibility of the onset of phase states.
It is known that functional loads make it possible to identify very delicate
shifts arising in the tissues and Organs.  Indeed, the functional'load we
used, the photic and sonic stimuli, their differentiated analysis, and the re-
sponse to these stimuli formed the background for the identification of the
shifts caused by the reflex effect of low concentrations of acetone and phenol
whose odor was imperceptible and which did not act on the light sensitivity
of the eye.  These changes occurred against a background of the reinforced
intrinsic alpha rhythm of the subjects.

     In our studies, the electric potentials were recorded bipolarly on a 16-
channel Galileo electroencephalograph from the frontal, temporal, and parietal
                                       - 87 -

-------
regions  and their combinations from both  cerebral hemispheres.  The subject's
response to changes in the intensity of the  photic and sonic stimuli  (pressing
on  the piezoelectric pickup) was also recorded.   The electroencephalogram  of
each observation was analyzed on the basis of  the amplitude of the reinforced
intrinsic alpha rhythm expressed in microvolts,  i. e., from the integrated
energy of the brain potentials.  To perform  a  comparative analysis of the  re-
sults obtained, the total amplitude of the reinforced intrinsic alpha rhythm
was expressed in percent.  The average total amplitude for the first 3 minutes
taken as the background was taken as 100%, and the total amplitudes in the re-
maining  minutes were compared with it (Ai D. Semenenko, 1963).  The results of
these studies were treated statistically, i. e.,  the degree of significance
of  the shifts obtained were found.  The ratio  of  the investigated and thres-
hold concentrations is given in Table 4.
                                                    Table 4
                 Ratio of Concentrations of Acetone and Phenol in the Determination
                 of the Threshold of Their Reflex Effect on the Electrical Activity
                                   of the Brain
                     Concentration of Acetone and Phenol in the Mixture
In rag/m'
Acetone
0,22*
.0.44
0,17
0,44
Phenol
0,0078
0,0156
0,0068
0,0156
In Fractions of the
Threshold for Isolated
A rehi on
Acetone
0,5
0,39
• Phenol
0,5
0,44
Total Concentra-
tion in Fractions
of the Threshold
Concentration of
Each Component Part
1.0
•0,83
                   * Numerator-Concentration studied; denominator - threshold concen-
                tration for the given test for isolated action.
     A mixture with a total concentration index  equal  to 1 acts on the energy
of the brain potentials,  causing statistically significant changes of the rein-
forced intrinsic  alpha rhythm in all the subjects  (Fig.  1).

     A concentration of acetone and phenol with  a  total  index of less than 1
has no effect on  the electrical activity of the  brain.

     The data obtained from all three tests permit one to draw the conclusion
that low concentrations of acetone and phenol present  together in the inhaled
air produce a complete summation of their action.

     When the threshold concentrations obtained  by the electroencephalographic
method are expressed in fractions of'the existing  maximum permissible concern-  j
trations of the separate ingredients, the minimum  effective total concentration
is 1.41, and the  maximum ineffective concentration, 1.16.  Hence, in the joint
presence of acetone and phenol in atmospheric air, the sum of their concentrations
expressed in fractions of the maximum permissible  ones should not exceed 1. /
                                      - 88 -

-------
                              5  S  7  8  9  10 it  12  13  « f5
                                Minutes of study
               Fig. 1. Change in the energy_of brain potentials in subject
               R. L. under the influence of inhalation of an acetone-phenol
                                 mixture.
               1 - pure air; 2 - 0.22 ng/m' acetone and 0.0078 att/a? phenol;
               3 - 0.17 n«/in3 acetone and 0.0068 ng/m? phenol.
      To  detect the resorptive effect of  low concentrations of acetone  and
phenol in a mixture for the purpose  of validating their mean daily maximum
permissible concentration in atmospheric air, we carried out a chronic three-
month exposure of white rats.  The 48 males selected for the experiment, with
an initial weight ranging from 90 to 110 g, were divided into three  groups of
16 animals each.

      Group I of the animals was exposed  to a mixture of acetone and  phenol in
concentrations 10 times greater than the maximum inactive mixture for  brief
inhalation.  On the average, it amounted to 1.657 - 0.0215 mg/m3 - acetone and
0.0545 - 0.0013 mg/m3 - phenol; the  total concentration index expressed in
fractions of the maximum permissible concentrations of each ingredient for iso-
lated action was equal to 10.19.

      Group II of the animals was exposed to a mixture in concentrations at the
level of the maximum inactive mixture for brief inhalation.  On the  average,  it
amounted to 0.1735 i 0.00305 mg/m3 - acetone and 0.00516 i 0.0000769 mg/nH -
phenol;  the total concentration index in the same fractions was equal  to 1.012.

      Group III of the animals served as  the control.

      During the entire course of exposure and of the recovery period,  the  ani-
mals  were subjected to the same conditions.  Pure air and air containing ace-
tone  and phenol were supplied to the exposure chambers at a rate of  35 1/min.
The air  from the chambers was checked daily for its content of acetone and
                                        - 89 -

-------
phenol.  To estimate the toxic effect, the general state and behavior of the
animals was followed over the course of the entire experiment.  During the
entire period of exposure, this observation failed to detect any shifts in
these indices in animals of the experimental groups as compared with the con-
trol.  No symptoms indicating a specific effect of acetone and phenol were
observed.

     The animals were weighed every 20 days.  Observation of the weight dy-
namics showed that animals of all the groups gained weight in approximately
the same manner, but toward the end of the exposure and of the recovery pe-
riod a slight weight lag in animals of the control group was noted.

     During the chronic experiment, we studied the motor chronaxy of antag-
onist muscles and the activity of blood cholinesterase, and determined the
content of coproporphyrin and certain vitamins - C, Bl, 62 - and N-methyl-
nicotinamide in the daily urine.

     In selecting the indicated tests for the study of the character of the
resorptive effect of low acetone and phenol concentrations on the organism
of the animals, we were guided by the assumption that the resorptive effect
of low concentrations of noxious substances consists of general, nonspecific
shifts that are sometimes of the same type and insignificant.  As a rule,
these shifts were functional in character and should be regarded as defensive-
adaptive responses (V. A. Ryazanov, 1964).  The participation of central nerv-
ous mechanisms in the formation of these shifts should be considered general
and obligatory.

     One of the manifestations of the relationship between the nerve centers
and peripheral formations is subordination.  It consists in the regulation of
the functional state of the periphery by higher centers.  The removal of the
subordinating influence of the central nervous system immediately affects the
level of many functional characteristics of the neuromuscular apparatus, par-
ticularly its excitability, one of the indices of which is the chronaxy, i. e.,
the speed with which a physiological response to a stimulus takes place.  In
this case, a substantial difference is found in antagonist muscles.  It is known
that the centers of flexors have a higher excitability than those of extensors.
In chronaximetry, this is manifested in the fact that the former have a lower
chronaxy than the latter.  In a normal relationship of the processes of stimula-
tion and inhibition in the cortex of the cerebral hemispheres, a normal ratio
of chronaxy of antagonist muscles is observed.  It is usually larger than 1.
Under the influence of various environmental factors, this ratio changes so that
the chronaxies become similar or the ratio is inverted, and its coefficient be-
comes smaller than 1.  This is a manifestation of a weakening of the subordi-
nating influence of the central nervous system, caused by the development of a
process of inhibition in the cerebral cortex.                            /

     We studied the motor chronaxy of antagonist muscles in 5 rats of each
group once every 10 days.  A graphic illustration .of the results obtained is
                                      - 90 -

-------
given in Fig.  2,  which shows that a normal ratio  of the chronaxies of exten-
sors and flexors  was observed in rats of group  II and III.  In contrast, in
animals of  group  I on the 45th day of exposure, there was a disturbance in
the normal  ratio  of chronaxies, i. e., the chronaxy of the flexors became
greater than  that of the extensors.  These changes were statistically sig-
nificant and  lasted until the end of the exposure.  At the end of the re-
covery period,  the ratio of the chronaxy of  extensors and flexors in animals
of group I  returned to normal.
                  X
                    0.10
                                     ff
                    020

                    0,15

                    0.10
                        5  13  25
               35  45  SS 65  IS  85
                Days of study
Fig. 2.  Chronaxy of antagonist muscles in rats during
exposure to a mixture of acetone and phenol (group averages).
I, II and III - groups of animals; 1 - extensors; 2 - flexors;
AB - period of exposure.
     The  creation of a biological equilibrium between the requirements of the
organism  and the activity of the enzyme  systems constitutes one of the mech-
anisms by which the organism adapts to the  living conditions.  The biological
and chemical transformations in the organism take place with the participation
of enzyme systems.  One of the enzymes is cholinesterase, which hydrolyzes
acetylcholine.   Changes in the activity  of  cholinesterase and in the cholin-
ergic reactions of the blood are one of  the indicators of the functional state
of nervous  activity (D. Ye. Al'pern, 1958).  Experimental studies made by D. L.
Pevzner (1954)  showed that in normal relationships of the basic nervous pro-
cesses -  stimulation and inhibition - the magnitude of cholinesterase activity
in the blood serum does not undergo any  significant fluctuations.  The preva-
lence of  the inhibitory process in the cerebral cortex corresponds to a
                                       - 91 -

-------
distinct decrease in cholinesterase activity.

     The study of blood cholinesterase activity was carried out in 5 rats of
each group every 15 days using the procedure of J. Fleisher and E. Pope, modi-
fied by N. N. Pushkina and N. V. Klinikina (N. N. Pushkina, 1963).  In rats of
group I on the 37th day of exposure, a statistically significant decrease in
cholinesterase activity (95% of the blood was observed as compared with the
control).  This was not observed in animals of group II (Fig. 3).

     The literature offers no data on the relative influence of low concen-
trations of acetone on the activity of blood cholinesterase.  According to
the data of B. A. Mukhitov (1963), the use of low phenol concentrations causes
an increase in the activity of blood cholinesterase.  Our studies showed a de-
crease in cholinesterase activity.  This is possibly a manifestation of the
specific effect of acetone as a narcotic.  It is known from the work of M. Ya.
Mikhel'son (1948) that narcotics decrease the activity of cholinesterase.
However, given the fact that low concentrations of the substances do not have
a specific effect, it is more correct to attribute the results obtained to the
nature of the combined action of acetone and phenol and to treat this as a
consequence of the formation of an inhibitory center in the cerebral cortex.

     A substantial decrease in blood cholinesterase activity was observed only
briefly in our studies.  Evidently, the compensatory mechanisms rapidly estab-
lished an equilibrium between the enzyme system and the requirements of the
organism produced by the action of the chemical stimulus, the acetone-phenol
mixture.

     The mechanisms of transformation of energy in the organism of animals
and man are based on processes of biological oxidation, i. e., processes of
cellular respiration.  Biological oxidation is an enzymatic process.  The
enzymes participating in it constitute an intricate complex of proteins and
metalloporphyrins.  They determine the respiratory function of the blood.
Thus, porphyrins as biologically active substances enter into the composi-
tion of hemoglobin, a pigment which is indispensable to the vital functions.
In the human organism, there occur a number of transformations of porphyrins,
including coproporphyrin with its two isomers, I and III.

     The detection of porphyrins in the white matter of the brain and spinal
cord is of major interest for gaining an understanding of the nature of the
physiological processes occurring in the nervous system.  According to a
plausible hypothesis, in areas of the central nervous system where the cyto-
chrome is either absent or present in insignificant amounts (white matter of
the brain), the oxidation processes are carried out with the aid of porphyrins;
and the fact that porphyrins are good hydrogen acceptors and donors should b^
considered experimentally proven.                                        /   /

     Clinical observations and experimental studies by Yu. K. Smirnov (1953)
                                       -  92  -

-------
lead to the assumption that porphyrin metabolism is one of  the indicators
reflecting the  functional state of the central nervous system:  an inten-
sification of this  metabolism takes place when the hypothalamic region of
the brain is stimulated.  Inhibitory processes in the brain decrease its
functional activity and cause a decrease of porphyrin metabolism.   All
this confirms the hypothesis that the determination of the  content of por-
phyrin and its  transformations in the daily urine may serve as an  objective
test for evaluating the functional state of the central nervous system.
This explains the wide use of this test in recent years in  experimental
studies aimed at validating the maximum permissible content of noxious sub-
stances in atmospheric air.
                         7   22   37   S3  71   IS
                                  Days of study
                  Fig. 3.  Dynamics of blood cholinesterase activity
                  in rats during exposure to an acetone-phenol mixture
                              (group averages).
                  1 - group I; 2 - group II; 3 - group IH; AB - period
                                 of exposure.
     We determined the coproporphyrin content in the combined urine of 5  rats
of each group  once every 12 days, using the procedure of M.  I. Gusev and  Yu.
K. Smirnov  (1960).  The determinations showed that under the influence of
acetone and phenol,  the porphyrin metabolism of animals of group  I  is depress-
ed.  In our studies, statistically significant shifts in the porphyrin metab-
olism occurred during the 8th week of exposure.  At the end  of the  recovery
period, the coproporphyrin content of the animals in group I continued to
remain low  as  compared with groups II and III (Fig. 4).  Changes  in the por-
phyrin metabolism of animals of group I should be explained  in terms of a
disturbance of the normal relationship of the basic nervous  processes as
                                      - 93 -

-------
being  a  "physiological  gauge" of the defense of the animal organism.

     We  followed  the  excretion of vitamins C, Bl, and 62, and N-methyInicotin-
amide with  the urine.   As we know, vitamins are catalysts for the biochemical
reactions taking  place  in the live cell.  They participate in metabolism  pri-
marily in the composition of the enzyme system.  Thus the determination of  the
content  of  vitamins may furnish additional information on the character of  the
metabolic-enzymatic processes in the organism of experimental animals.  The
existing literature data point to the observed disturbances of vitamin meta-
bolism in workers employed in the production of phenol and acetone by the
cumene process (N. N. Pushkina, 1964), who are exposed to their high concen-
trations in the air of  plant shops.
                              21   33  tS   58   70  82
                                Days of studies
                  Fig. 4. Dynamics of excretion of coproporphyrin with
                  the urine in rats exposed to an acetone-phenol mixture.
                           Notation same as in Fig. 3
     The content of these vitamins was determined in the combined daily urine
of 5 rats of each group  every 12  days.  Shifts in the excretion of the vita-
mins in animals of the experimental  groups were slight and statistically in-
significant, and on the  80th  day  of  exposure the content of vitamins in the
urine of animals of all  the groups was approximately at the same level.

     In histopathological studies of animals of group I, the following
characteristics were observed: circulatory disturbances in certain parentehym-
atous organs, edema in the stroma of villi of the small intestine, and change
in the permeability of the capillaries with development of moderate perivas-
cular and pericellular edema  in the  brain.
                                      -  94 -

-------
      Thus, the chronic experiment  established that in group I of the animals,
 acetone and phenol in concentrations  10  times greater than the highest Inactive
 mixture for brief inhalation (1.657 mg/m3 acetone and 0.0545 mg/m3 phenol)
 cause shifts indicating a response of the nervous system:  disturbance of the
 normal ratio of the chronaxy of antagonist muscles, decrease in blood cholin-
 esterase activity, decrease in the content of coproporphyrin in the urine,
 and  also a number of slight anatomico-pathologic changes.

      In group II, acetone and phenol  in  concentrations corresponding to the
 highest inactive mixture in brief  inhalation (0.1735 mg/m3 acetone and 0.00516
 mg/mJ phenol) caused no changes in the organism of the animals under the con-
 ditions of the chronic experiment.

      A study of the resorptive action of the mixture of acetone and phenol also
 indicates a complete summation of  their  effects.  Hence, the mean daily maximum
 permissxble concentration of acetone  and phenol present together may be proposed
 at the same level as the highest single  concentration, i. e., the sum of their
 fractions of the existing mean daily maximum permissible concentrations for
 isolated action should not exceed  1.0.

      We studied the atmospheric air around a synthetic phenol and acetone plant
 during the spring of 1964.  The air samples  to  be analyzed for acetone and
phenol content were collected on the  leeward side at distances of 100, 300, 500
and 1000 m from the plant at a level of  1-1.5 m above ground.  Single concentra-
tions of acetone and phenol were determined  simultaneously.  The results are
presented in Table 5 and 6.

                                                        Table 5
                 Single Concentrations of Acetone in Atmospheric Air Around a
                      Plant Producing Synthetic Phenoljand Acetone.
Distance
From Source
of Discharge
m
100
300
500
Number of
Samples
3
14
13
24
Number of
Samples Below
the Sensitiv-
ty of the Methq
24
Concentration, mg/m3
Maximum
L
2.19
0,714
Average
1.41
0,415
                                                        labie 6

                 Single 'Concentrations of Phenol in Atmospheric Air Around a Plant
                          Producing Synthetic Phenol and Acetone.
Distance
From Source
of Dis-
charge, m
100
300
500
1000
Number of
Samples

17
13.
23
25
Number of
Samples Below
the Sensitivit;
of the Method

_
—
3
25
Concentration, ag/m5
Maximum

0,323
0,2197
0.0869
—
Average

0,187
0,115
0,039
—
                                      - 95 -

-------
     As is evident from Table 5 and 6, at a distance of 100 m, the highest
acetone concentration surpassed its maximum permissible concentration (0.35
mg/m3) by a factor of 6, and at a distance of 300 m, by « factor of 2.  Only
at a distance of 500 m was no acetone detected.

     At a distance of 100 m from the source of discharge, the highest single
phenol concentration was 32 times as high as its maximum permissible concen-
tration (0.01 mg/m3); at 300 m it was 22 times as high, at 500 m, 8 times,
and only at a distance of 1000 m was the phenol concentration undetectable.
Of practical interest is a comparison of the data obtained with the maximum
permissible concentrations of acetone and phenol present together; expressed
in fractions of'the highest single maximum permissible concentrations for
isolated action, they should not exceed 1 in this case.  The data presented
in Tables 5 and 6 show that a distance of 100 m, the total concentration of
acetone and phenol exceeds the maximum permissible value for their combined
presence by a factor of 38.  At a distance of 300 m, this excess is 24-fold.

     Thus, a study of the pollution of atmospheric air around a plant dis-
charging phenol and acetone simultaneously revealed a considerable pollution
of the ambient air, particularly with phenol, so that prophylactic measures
should be directed primarily at the removal of phenol vapors from the waste
gases.

     A sanitary-protective zone for plants producing synthetic phenol and
acetone can be recommended only by taking into account the pollution of at-
mospheric air by other noxious substances discharged along with acetone and
phenol.


                                   Conclusion

     1.  When a mixture of acetone and phenol acts on the sense of smell,
light sensitivity of the eye and electrical activity of the human brain, a
complete summation of the action of these compounds on the organism is ob-
served.

     2.  A biological effect of a mixture of acetone and phenol is observed
only when their total concentration expressed in fractions of the threshold
concentrations for isolated action amounts to less than 1.

     3.  When acetone and phenol are jointly present in atmospheric air,
their'highest single concentration should be at the biologically inactive
level, i. e., should not exceed 1 in fractions of the highest single maxi-
mum permissible concentrations for isolated action.

     4.  The mean daily maximum permissible concentration of an acetone-
phenol mixture in atmospheric air is recommended at the level of the highest
single concentration.
                                      - 96 -

-------
                           LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the
       end of the volume in the 1968 bibliography.
                                 - 97 -

-------
  ON THE COMBINED EFFECT OF LOW  CONCENTRATIONS  OF  ACETONE  AND ACETOPHENONE

                 IN AIR ON THE ORGANISM OF MAN  AND ANIMALS


                  Aspirant (graduate student) N. Z.  Tkach
    A.  N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene, Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR

From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvle i gigienicheskoe
znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red. V.  A.  Ryazanova.   Vypusk 10,
Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 170-186,  (1967).

     The rapid development of chemical industry is  associated with the  discharge
of large amounts of toxic substances into the atmosphere.  The discharges  of
a single industrial enterprise most often contain  a whole  series  of noxious
substances.

     One of the most frequent combinations of atmospheric  pollutants are
acetone and acetophenone.

     The main sources of pollution of atmospheric  air by this combination  are
enterprises that produce synthetic phenol and acetophenone simultaneously  by
the cumene process.  In this method, acetophenone  is obtained as  a product
of side reactions and is also always discharged into the atmosphere.

     The combined action of atmospheric pollutants was first  studied by
K. A.  Bushtuyeva (1960) (sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid  aerosol), V.  M.  Sty-
azhkin (1962) (chlorine and hydrogen chloride), and B. K.  Baykov  (1963)
(carbon disulfide and hydrogen sulfide).  In these studies, the authors
observed a complete or partial summation of the action of  the compounds studied.

     The object of our work was to study the effect of low concentrations  of
acetone and acetophenone on the organism of man and experimental  animals when
these compounds are jointly present.

     Acetone and acetophenone are toxic substances  affecting  primarily  the
central nervous system.  The toxicology of acetone has been treated in  a
large number of studies (A. Ye. Yefremov, 1929; N. F. Okuneva, 1930;
I. D.  Mishenin, 1933; I. S. Tsitovich, 1935; P. M. Sukhov, 1935;  N. V.  Lazarev,
1954;  Yu. G. Fel'dman, 1960; Ch. Khadnan' et al.,  1962, and others).

     Literature data on the toxicology of acetophenone are very scant (Laborde,
1885;  S. S. Kamenskiy, 1889; Friedman and Maase, 1910; N.  B.  Imasheva,  1963,
and others).  These investigations deal primarily with the study  of the effect
of toxic concentrations of acetone and acetophenone.  Only the work of   ,    /
Yu. G.  Fel'dman on acetone and that of N. B. Imasheva on acetophenone are  de-
voted to the study of the influence of low concentrations  in  both brief con-
tact and under conditions of a chronic experiment.
                                      - 98 -

-------
     In the literature, we were unable to find any data on the combined
action of these ingredients.

     M. I. Ol'shanskaya and V. V. Likhacheva (1935) studied the combined
action of acetone and benzene vapors on pigeons in concentrations of
25,000 and 10,000 mg/m3 respectively.  The authors found a complete summa-
tion of the action of these compounds.

     The mixture with the strongest effect proved to be one containing
equal amounts of benzene and acetone.

     T. A. Shtessel1 (1937) also obtained a simple summation of the effect
in a 2- and 4-hour experiment on white mice with combinations of acetone
and methanol, acetone and ethyl ether, acetone and toluene, and acetone
and benzene.  The criterion of the action of each compound taken individually
and in combination was the lateral position of the white mice.

     A reinforcement of the toxic effect of acetone in combination with
benzene is indicated by Nischiama and Isami (1957).  The authors found that
during the combined action of benzene and acetone, the leucocyte content of
the blood decreases even more than during the action of benzene or acetone
alone.

     We began our experimental studies with the determination of the thres-
hold of olfactory perception of acetone and acetophenone taken separately,
then in combination.

     The acetone was determined by the nephelometric method, whose sensi-
tivity is 1. ]ag in a volume of 4.5 ml.  Acetophenone was determined spec-
trophotometrically, with a sensitivity of 0.25 yg in 1 ml.

     The odor threshold of acetone was determined in 22 practically healthy
people 18 to 48 years old using a standard procedure (V. A. Byazanov,
K. A. Bushtuyeva, and Yu. V. Novikov, 1957).  A total of 412 observations
were made with concentrations of 2.0, 1.654, 1.481, 1.096, and 0.80 mg/m3.
The results obtained from the data are listed in Table 1.

     It is evident from Table 1 that for the most sensitive persons, the
odor threshold of acetone is 1.096 mg/m3, arid the subliminal concentration
is 0.8 mg/m3.

     The odor threshold of acetophenone was determined in 16 persons; a
total of 216 determinations were made with 4 acetophenone concentrations.
The results of the observations are given in Table 2.
                                    - 99 -

-------
                                              Table 1

                       Determination of the Threshold of Olfactory
                               Perception of Acetone
Number of
Subjects
2
4
6
10
Concentration of
A r*at- nno mr /mo
Minimum
Perceptible
2,0
U654
1,481
1,096
Maximum
Imper-
ceptible
1,654
1,481
1,096
0,80
                                             Table 2

                          Determination of the Threshold of
                         Olfactory Perception of Acetophenone
                         Number of
 Concentration of
Acetophenone, mg/rn^
ouujeuts
3
6
7
Minimum
Perceptible
0,0251
0,0156
0,010
Maximum
Imperceptible
0,0156
0,010
0,008
     The  results  of our studies are in accord with  those of Yu. G. Fel'dman,
whose data indicate that the odor threshold of  acetone is 1.1 mg/m3, and
with those of N.  B. Imasheva, whose data show the odor thresholds of
acetophenone to be  0.01 mg/m3.  After determining the separate odor thres-
holds, we studied the sensitivity of the olfactory  system to mixtures of
different concentrations of acetone and acetophenone  in the following com-
binations :

     Mixture I -  acetone + acetophenone - 1.096 mg/m3 +0.01 mg/m3.
     Mixture II - acetone + acetophenone - 0.711 mg/m3 + 0.0061 mg/m3.
     Mixture III  -  acetone + acetophenone - 0.565 mg/m3 + 0.005 mg/m3.
     Mixture IV - acetone + acetophenone - 0.348 mg/m3 + 0.004 mg/m3.

     A total of 265 determinations were made on 16  subjects.   To obtain
comparable results,  the concentrations of each ingredient were expressed in
fractions of their  isolated thresholds.  It is known  that for a total concen-
tration index equal or close to 1, there is a complete summation of the effect:
for an index greater than 1 but smaller than 2, there is a partial summation;
and for an index  of less than 1, potentiation.
                                                                          r
     Analysis of  the results obtained from the studies showed that the con-
centration of acetone and acetophenone in the first combination (mixture I)
                                    - 100 -

-------
was perceived by  all  16 persons.   The total concentration index of this
mixture ranged  from 1.06  to 2.0.   The majority of the subjects (12) also
identified  the  odor of the  second mixture, in which the sum of the rela-
tive  concentrations ranged  from 1.03 to 1.26.  Only the most sensitive
persons (5) perceived the third mixture, whose total concentration index
was 1.01  (Table 3).

                                                     Table !>

                Determination of the Threshold of Olfactory Perception of Acetone
                            and Acetophenone in Combination
                                    Mixture

Acetone dng/m3)
Acetophenone (mg/m3)
Sum of fractions of
individual threshold
Number of persons
perceiving the odor
Number, of persons no\
perceiving the odor
I
1,096
0,010
From 1,06
s to2,0

16

11
0,711
0,0061
Froml 1 03
To 1.26

12
4
III
0,565
0,005
1,01


5
IV
0,348-0,711
0,004-0,0061
FronO.67
*o 0,88

__
11 i 16
      From Table  3 it is  also apparent that the minimum perceptible con-
centrations  in the mixture are 0.565 mg/m3 acetone and 0.005 mg/m.3
acetophenone for a sum of relative concentrations equal to 1.01.  The
mixture  is not perceived by its odor if the sura of the relative concen-
trations is  less than 1.

      Hence,  in this case there is a complete summation of the action of
acetone  and  acetophenone.  The summation effect was also found in the case
of other,  less sensitive persons.

      A study of  the reflex effect of low concentrations of acetone and
acetophenone on  the functional state of the central nervous system was
made  by  determining the  light sensitivity of the eye under dark adaptation
conditions.   This test,  widely employed at the present time in the practice
of sanitary  standardization of atmospheric pollutants, makes it possible
to record, by means of the reflex physiological reactions, the response to
the action of concentrations of toxic substances whose odor is imperceptible
but which change the functional state of the cerebral cortex.

      A change in the course of the dark adaptation curve during the action
of concentrations of noxious substances of imperceptible odor was observed
by V.  A. Gofmekler (1960), Yu. G. Fel'dman (1960), R. Ubaydullayev (1961),
and others.

      In  a study  of the combined action of sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid
aerosol, K.  A. Bushtuyeva (1960) observed the phenomenon of physiological
                                   - 101 -

-------
summation.  She established the fact that an increase in the light sensi-
tivity of the eye as compared with the normal dark adaptation curve during
the combined action of these compounds is equal to the sum of the increases
during the combined action of these compounds is equal to the sum of the
increases during their individual action.

     The phenomenon of partial summation was noted by B. K. Baykov (1963)
in a study of the action of carbon disulfide in combination with hydrogen
sulfide.

     Our observations were made on three subjects, 24 to 27 years of age,
according to a standard procedure.  Persons whose odor threshold was the
most sensitive participated in the experiment.  A total of 42 tests were
conducted.  The following mixtures were studied:

     1.  Acetone + acetophenone - 0.283 mg/m^ + 0.005 mg/m^.

     2.  Acetone + acetophenone - 0.223 mg/m3 + 0.0037 mg/m3.

     The threshold of the reflex effect of acetone on the light sensitivity
of the eye for the most sensitive persons is 0.55 mg/m^ according to the
data of Yu.  G.  Fel'dman, and 0.01 mg/m^ according to those of I. B. Imasheva.
The total concentration index of the first mixture is 1.01, and of the second,
0.77.

     Anaylsis of the results obtained showed that statistically significant
changes of the light sensitivity take place only during the action of the
first mixture,  when the sum of the fractions of the thresholds is equal to
1.01.

     In one subject, an increase in light sensitivity was noted after the
inhalation of the experimental mixture; in the second a decrease was ob-
served, and the third subject responded to the action of acetone and
acetophenone in the first combination first by an increase in light sensi-
tivity (in the 20th minute), and then by its sharp decrease in the 25th
minute with a return to the initial level at the end of the experiment.
The light sensitivity in the 20th minute of adaptation for all the subjects
is given in Table 4.

     A mixture of lower concentrations of acetone and acetophenone for a
total concentration index of 0.77 was found to be inactive and failed to
cause any significant changes in light sensitivity as compared with pure
air.

     Hence,  a complete summation of the action of the compounds studied is
also observed in the adaptometric tests.
                                  - 102 -

-------
                                                 Table 4
                           Data of Adaptometric Tests
                   Subject
                              Concentration,
                                 irm?
 Acetone +
 Acetophenone
Light Sensitivity
in Relative Units
in 20th Minute &
  Adaptation
                    S. R.
                    S. L.
 Pure Air
0,283 + 0,005 '
0,223 + 0,0037
 Pure Air
0,283 + 0,005
0,223 + 0,0037
 Pure Air
0,283 + 0,005
0,223 + 0,0037
                     * Degree of significance:b -
   81 475
  103 050 (b)*
   82 133 (o)
   83 225
  111 000 (b)
   82 133 (o)
   95 550
   74 175 (c)
   90 033 (o)

  ; o - not significant.
     We  also studied the effect of subliminal concentrations of  acetone  in
combination with acetophenone on  the electrical activity of the  brain by a
quantitative analysis, i.e., the  reflex response of a burst of the  alpha
rhythm of the human brain (A. D.  Semenenko,  1964).  An analogous procedure
was described in the articles of  U. G.  Pogosyan and Yu. S. Korneyev.

     The study was conducted on three  subjects on a Galileo polyphysiograph;
a total  of 62 observations were made.   The biocurrents were recorded  from
the temporal and frontal lobes of both hemispheres and their combinations,
and also from the central-parietal part of the left hemisphere.  Data obtained
from the temporal lobes, which were the most sensitive, were subjected to a
graphic  statistical analysis.  The following mixtures were studied:

     1.   Acetone + acetophenone - 0.22 mg/m3 + 0.0035 mg/m3.

     2.   Acetone + acetophenone - 0.18 mg/m3 + 0.0027 mg/m3.

     In  these studies we also used separate  thresholds of action of acetone
(0.44  mg/m3) and acetophenone  (0.007 mg/m3), established by Yu.  G.  Fel'dman
and N. B. Imasheva.  The sum of the relative concentrations (in  fractions
of threshold values) of the first mixture was equal to 1, and that  of the
second mixture, to 0.78.  The effect of each mixture was studied no fewer
than 4 times and was regularly alternated with the supply of pure  air.

     In  our experiments, the first mixture of acetone and acetophenone caused
an increase in the energy of the  brain potentials in two subjects,  whereas in
the third, a decrease in the energy of the potentials was noted. At  the
same time, changes were obtained  which were  characterized by a statistically
significant difference, compared  with  the control, in the 3rd and  4th minutes
of inhalation of the experimental mixture.  The quantitative data  obtained
                                       - 103 -

-------
during inhalation of the second mixture did not differ appreciably from the
data obtained during inhalation of pure air.

     Thus, the results of studies based on the most sensitive test also
confirm the phenomenon of complete summation of subliminal stimuli.

     Expressing the data obtained from electroencephalography in fractions
of the existing maximum permissible concentrations of each component, we
see that the minimum active mixture amounts to 1 . 79 :
0.22 mg/m-j   0.0035 mg/mj _,,,,., ,, _
— — — -  , T + n nno     I T ~ U.OJ + l.lO -
0.35 mg/mj   0.003  mg/mj
                     , T   n nno    I
                   mg/mj   0.003  mg/
and the maximum inactive mixture amounts to 1.41:

              0.18 mg/m3   0.0027 mg/m3 _0c1+09_141
              0.35 mg/m3 + 0.003 mg/m3  ~ °'51 + °'9 ~ 1'41-

     On the basis of these data one can postulate that the combined presence
of ace.tone and acetophenone in atmospheric air is permissible if the sum of
fractions of these concentrations of their existing maximum permissible values
for isolated action does not exceed 1.5.

     In order to study the resorptive action of acetone in combination with
acetophenone, a chronic inhalational exposure of white male rats was carried
out in the course of 84 days.  The tests were conducted on 45 rats with an
initial weight of 80-100 g, divided into three groups of 15 animals each.

     The animals were exposed to mixtures of the indicated compounds in the
following average concentrations:

Group I - acetone + acetophenone 1.855 mg/m^ + 0.168 rng/m^.
Group II - acetone + acetophenone 0.192 mg/m^ + 0.00197 mg/m^.
Group III was the control.

     Expressing the concentrations of the compounds in fractions of their
maximum permissible values for isolated action, we find that the sum of the
fractions of the first mixture is equal to 10.9, and that of the second,
to 1.2.

     Conversion of the acetone and acetophenone concentrations of the second
mixture to the threshold concentrations for their isolated action based on
the most sensitive test (electroencephalography) shows that the sum of their
fractions is equal to 0.71.  Hence, animals of group II were exposed to '
acetone and acetophenone concentrations indifferent for man, whereas animals
of group I were exposed to concentrations of these compounds which were
10 times as high.
                                    - 104 -

-------
     The action of the mixtures of these compounds was evaluated by observ-
ing the general state and weight of the animals; studying the motor chronaxy
of antagonist muscles; determining the cholinesterase activity, dynamics of
excretion of coproporphyrin, neutral 17-ketosteroids and vitamin C with the
urine, and determining the content of the absolute number of eosinophils in
peripheral blood.

     During the exposure, rats of all the groups were active and gained
weight regularly.

     In studying the functional state of the central nervous system in the
experimental animals during exposure to low concentrations of acetone and
acetophenone, we used the method of determination of the motor chronaxy of
antagonist muscles.  The literature contains indications of a direct relation-
ship between the level of motor chronaxy and the functional state of the
central nervous system, which by virtue of subordinational relationships
regulates the activity of peripheral nerve apparatus as well as that of lower
nerve centers (Yu. M. Uflyand, 1941; A. N. Magnitskiy, 1948).

     A manifestation of the subordinational influences of the brain is the
constancy of the ratio of the chronaxy of extensors and flexors, whose
numerical expression normally amounts to 1.5:1, 2:1, and 2.5:1.

     The motor chronaxy was measured in 5 rats of each group three times a
month with an ISE-01 electronic pulse stimulator.

     Starting with the 4th week of exposure, statistically significant
changes in the normal ratio of the chronaxy of extensors and flexors in
rats of group I took place chiefly as a result of a prolongation of the
chronaxy of flexors.  Starting with the 6th week of exposure, a reverse
ratio of the chronaxies took place, following which the curves were at approx-
imately the same level and returned to the limits of the physiological norm
only during the recovery period.

     In rats of group II, no such disturbances of the normal ratio of
chronaxy were observed over the course of the entire exposure, and there
were no reliable changes as compared with the control.

     The changes which we detected in the normal ratio of chronaxies may be
regarded as a manifestation of inhibitory processes in the central nervous
system which encompass the complex system of cortical and subcortical
subordination centers.

     The presence of inhibitory processes in the central nervous system of
the experimental animals during the action of acetone in combination with
acetophenone was confirmed by a depression of the activity of whole blood
cholinesterase of the animals.
                                    - 105 -

-------
     According to modern interpretations, the transfer of stimulation from
a nerve to a muscle is accomplished with the participation of the system
acetylcholine - cholinesterase.  Here acetylcholine plays the part of a
mediator.  An excessive accumulation of acetylcholine in the organism causes
a decrease in the lability of the nervous processes and the development of
a state of inhibition (I. N. Volkova, 1954; D. Ye. Al'pern, 1963).

     A decrease in the activity of the enzyme was noted by several authors
during a prolonged action of various chemical agents (N. B. Imasheva, 1963;
V. A. Chizhikov, 1964; A. V. Mnatsakanyan, 1964, and others).

     The cholinesterase activity was determined by the method of J. Fleisher
and E. P. Pope (1954).  The method is based on a change in the intensity of
the color of the solution as a function of the amount of acetic acid formed
by the enzymatic cleavage of acetylcholine chloride.  The color intensity is
determined on an FEK-M instrument.

     The cholinesterase activity was determined in 5 rats of each group
twice a month; the blood was taken from the tail vein by incising the blood
vessel.

     It is evident from Fig. 1 that as early as the end of the first month of
exposure, the rats of group I showed a considerable decrease in the activity
of the enzyme which lasted until the end of the second month.  At the end of
exposure, the cholinesterase activity became somewhat normal in animals of
this group, but remained as before at a lower level than that of the control
group.  The observed changes in cholinesterase activity are characterized by
a statistically significant difference (95-99%).

     As far as the cholinesterase activity of animals of group II is con-
cerned, we did not observe any significant changes over the entire course
of the exposure.

     We estimated the porphyrin metabolism of the experimental animals from
the dynamics of the excretion of porphyrin with the urine.   The literature
contains indications of a direct connection between the porphyrin metabolism
and serious disturbances in the central nervous system (A.  M. Charnyy and
S. E. Krasovitskaya, 1951).  A. M. Charnyy postulated that the pbrphyrins may
participate in oxidation-reduction processes in areas of the brain where the
cytochrome and cytochrome oxidase are lacking.

     The relationship between the excretion of porphyrins from the organism
and the activity of bone marrow erythropoesis was pointed out by Watson
(1941).  In sanitary studies, the porphyrin metabolism was first investigated
by M. I. Gusev (1960).  During the exposure of rabbits to lead oxide in ,a  (;
concentration of 10 yg/m^ for 6 months, the author observed that the amount
of coproporphyrin in the urine in this group of animals increased twofold 'as
compared with the control.  A disturbance of the porphyrin metabolism was
                                   - 106 -

-------
 also noted by other  authors who  studied low concentrations of  atmospheric
 pollutants in chronic experiments  (G. I. Solomin, 1962;  D. G.  Odoshashvili,
 1962; V. A.  Chizhikov,  1964, and others).
                      too •
                                   31/X   15/XI   30/XI  1S/XU  IS/I
                                 Date of study
                      Fig. 1.  Change in the activity of blood cholines-
                           terase in rats of different groups.
                      1 - group I - acetone + acetophenone with total
                      index of 10.9: 2 -group p - acetone + acetophenone
                      with total index of 1.2? 3 - group III - control;
                                AB - period of exposure.
      In our studies, we  used this test with a quantitative determination
of  coproporphyrin on an  SF-4 spectrophotometer  in the ultraviolet region
of  the spectrum (M. I. Gusev and Yu.  I. Smirnov,  1960).   The daily  urine
was  collected in special receivers  every 15 days  from 5  rats of each group.
A total of 33 determinations were made, including 9 before the exposure
(background), 18 during  the exposure,  and 6 during the recovery period.
Analysis of the data obtained showed  that the combined action of acetone and
acetophenone  in concentrations of 1.855 and 0.0168 mg/m3 respectively caused
a definite shift in the  porphyrin metabolism of animals  of group I.
                       yg./100 g of weight
ff/lX 3/X
                                         12JXI Z7/XI ttfXIl ff/Xtl 21/1
                                   Dates of study
                         Fig. 2.  Excretion of coproporphyrin with the
                         urine in rats of different groups through the
                            effects of acetone and acetophenone.
                                Notation same as in Fig. 1.
                                        - 107 -

-------
     It  is  evident  from Fig.  2 that starting with the 4th week  of  exposure,
the rats  of this  group showed an increased excretion of coproporphyrin.
During the  exposure,  its content in the urine increased, and during the
second period  reached a statistically significant difference as  compared
with the  control  group (degree of significance, 95%).  In group  II, no
significant differences from the control were observed.

     It  is  known  that the activity of the anterior hypophyseal  lobe - adrenal
cortex hormonal system is controlled by the central nervous system via  the
hypothalamus.

     It was found from literature data that the action of various  chemical
compounds in high concentrations causes a nonspecific reaction in  the anterior
lobe - adrenal cortex system;  a manifestation of this reaction is  a decrease
in the absolute quantity of eosinophils in the blood and an increase in  the
content  of  neutral  17-ketosteroids in the urine (Ye. I. Spynu, 1962;
L. E. Corn, 1963).

     We  attempted to  detect the presence of nonspecific reactions  in the
hormonal system in  response to the combined action of low concentrations
of acetone  and acetophenone.

               yg/100 g of weight
                   S -
                      tSjX 30/X  M/JU 29/XI 13/XII 28/Xtt 12/1  ZO/I
                               Dates of study
                  Fig. 5.  Content of neutral 17-ketosteroids in
                     the urine of rats of different groups.
                         Notation same as in Fig. 1.


     The determination of  17-ketosteroids  was made by using the procedure
of 0. M. Uvarovskaya  (1956)  followed by  colorimetry on an FEK-M instrument
with a green filter.  The  studies were made twice a month, and a total of
24 determinations were performed.  A  graphical representation of the results
obtained is given in Fig.  3, which  shows that during the first few days of
exposure, the amount of  17-ketosteroids  in the urine of animals of group I
decreased slightly  as compared with the  control group.  However, starting with
the 40th day of exposure,  a sharp increase in the content of 17-ketosteroids
was noted in rats of group I.  Whereas in  rats of the control group the
amount of 17-ketosteroids  during that  period was 6.85 yg per 100 g of weight,
in rats of group I  it was  17.41.  The  increased level of 17-ketosteroids was
                                     -  108 -

-------
preserved until  the  70th day of exposure, and at the end  of  exposure
approached  the values of the control.  The changes obtained  were  statis-
tically significant.

     The fluctuations of 17-ketosteroids observed in the  urine  of group II
of animals  did not differ significantly from the control.  The  eosinophils
of the blood were counted by using S. M. Bakman's method  (1958).   The blood
was taken from 5 rats of each group twice a month at a  fixed time, and a
total of 99 analyses were performed.

     In animals  of group I after 10 days of exposure, the number  of eosino-
phils increased  somewhat, probably as a result of the initial response of
the animal  organism to the action of acetone and acetophenone (Fig. 4).
Subsequently, a  sharp decrease in the number of eosinophils  was observed
which lasted with some fluctuations until the end of exposure.  Here the
difference  in the decrease of the concentration of eosinophils  as compared
with the control group reached significant values  (95%).   The number of
eosinophils in  rats of group II was close to that of the  control, although
on the 55th day  of exposure an increase was observed, but it did  not reach
a statistically  significant difference.  An eosinopenic response  was observed
by A. Ye. Kulakov (1965), who studied the effect of low concentrations of
hexamethylenediamine on the organism of animals in a chronic experiment.
                        tf/ee  tff/jr 3t/t /t/xi 30/ti isitu ts/i
                               Dates of study
                        Fig. 4.  Absolute number of eosinophils
                        in the blood of rats exposed to the com-
                        bined action of acetone and acetophenone
                              in low concentrations.
                            Notation sane as in Fig. 1.

      Hence,  the investigations performed indicate a high  sensitivity of our
 tests and permit the observation of a nonspecific response  of the organism
 to  the adverse effect of atmospheric pollutants.

      A study of the dynamics of excretion  of vitamin  C with the  urine in
 white rats over the entire course of exposure  failed  to reveal any disturb-
 ances in the C vitamin balance of the experimental animals.   The content of
                                     - 109 -

-------
 the  vitamin in the urine of animals subjected to the exposure did not  differ
 appreciably from that of the control  group.

                                                     Table 5
               Single Concentrations of Acetone in Atmospheric Air Around a
                        Plant Producing Phenol and Acetone
Distance From
Source of
Discharges, m
100
300
500
Number of
Collected
Samples
14
13
24
Number of
Samples
Belpw.The
Sensitivity
of the Metnoc
24
Concentration, mg/rn^
Maximum
2,19
0,714
*
Average
1,41
0,415
     On  the basis  of the completed studies, we  propose a mean daily maximum
permissible concentration (in fractions of  the  existing maximum permissible
concentrations)  of acetone and acetophenone jointly present in atmospheric
air at a level of  1.2.   We are aware of the fact, however, that a wide
range of unstudied values separates the active  (10.9)  and inactive (1.2)
total concentration of  acetone and acetophenone.  The  Section on Sanitary
Protection of Atmospheric Air deemed it possible  to approve the mean daily
concentration of these  compounds (in fractions  of their maximum permissible
concentrations)  at the  level of the highest single  concentration (1.5).

     In  order to determine the single concentrations of acetone and aceto-
phenone  in atmospheric  air around a plant producing synthetic phenol and
acetone, we collected 131 samples at distances  from 100 to 1000 m from the
plant.

     As  is evident from Table 5, at a distance  of 100-300 m from the plant,
atmospheric air  is considerably polluted with acetone.   Among the 27 samples
collected at this  distance,  concentrations substantially exceeding the maxi-
mum permissible  value (0.35  mg/m3)  were observed.   Only at a distance of
500 m from the plant was no  acetone found in any of the 24 samples.
                                                     Table 6

               Single Concentrations of Acetophenone in Atmospheric Air Around
                        a Plant Producing Phenol and Acetone
Distance 'From
Source of
Discharges, ID
100
300
500
1000
Number of
Collected
jSamples
11
17
26
25
Number of
BtMle
Sensitivity
af the Itetha
9
25
Concentration, mg/m^
Maximum
0,877
0,097
0,028
Average
0,258
0,057
0,007
                                    - 110 -

-------
     It is evident from Table 6 that acetophenone is found in substantial
concentrations at a distance of 100-500 m from the plant, where its highest
concentrations exceed the maximum permissible value (0.003 mg/m3).  At a
distance of 500 m, the maximum permissible concentration is exceeded in
46% of the samples.  Only at a distance of 1000 m from the plant was no
acetophenone found in any of the collected samples.  Consequently, the sani-
tary protective zone for this plant should be no smaller than 1000 m.
                                Conclusions

     1.  A determination of the thresholds of olfactory perception of
acetone and acetophenone acting individually made it possible to establish
that the minimum perceptible concentration of acetone for the most sensitive
persons is 1.096 rag/mS, and that of acetophenone, 0.01 mg/m3.

     2.  When acetone and acetophenone are acting in combination, their odors
exhibit a complete summation.

     3.  The reflex effect of acetone in combination with acetophenone on
the light sensitivity of the eye and electrical activity of the brain is
characterized by an action expressed in a complete summation.

     A.  Chronic round-the-clock exposure of white rats to a mixture of
acetone and acetophenone for a total concentration index (in fractions of
the maximum permissible values) equal to 10.9 causes definite functional
shifts in the organism of the experimental animals, manifested in a decrease
of the subordinational influence of the brain on the level of the motor
chronaxy of antagonist muscles, a depression of the activity of blood cholin-
esterase, an increase in the excretion of coproporphyrin with the urine, and
also the presence of a nonspecific response of the anterior hypophyseal lobe -
adrenal cortex system, which we evaluated from the increase in the content
of 17-ketosteroids in the urine and a decrease in the absolute number of
eosinophils in the blood.  An acetone-acetophenone mixture with a total con-
centration index equal to 1.2 did not cause any significant changes in the
animal organism according to the selected tests.

     5.  In the combined presence of acetone and acetophenone in atmospheric
air, their highest single and mean daily concentration expressed in fractions
of the maximum permissible values for isolated action should not exceed 1.5.
                                    -  Ill -

-------
                              LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the end
of this volume in the 1967 bibliography.
                                    - 112 -

-------
          ON THE COMPARATIVE TOXICITY OF BENZENE, TOLUENE, AND XYLENE

                          (STUDY OF THE REFLEX EFFECT)


                                 I. S. Gusev
                    A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene,
                           USSR Academy of Medical Sciences
From Akademiya Meditsinakikh Nauk SSSR.  "Biologicheskoe deystvie i gigienicheskoe
znachenie atmosfernykh zagryazneniy".  Red; V. A. Ryazanova.  Vypusk 10,
Izdatel'stvo "Meditsina" Moskva, p. 96-108, (1967).

     The long-known aromatic hydrocarbons benzene, toluene, and xylene  are
still attracting the  attention of toxicologists and hygienists.  This is'be-
cause these compounds thus far have not lost their industrial importance,
possess a marked toxicity and a wide spectrum of action, there'is no unified
view of the comparative toxicity and mechanism of their action, and the low-
est parameters of their effect on the living organism have not been established.

     Pure benzene, toluene, and xylene are  colorless liquids with a specific
aromatic odor, and are poorly soluble in water.  The boiling point of benzene
is 80.1°C., toluene 110.8°C, and zylene 140.59C (mixture of isomers).   The
volatility compared to ether is 3 for benzene, 4.2 for toluene, and 13.5'for
zylene.  They are good solvents of fats, resins, rubbers, essential oils, dyes,
and other organic compounds.

     As solvents, the compounds under consideration find extensive applications
in various branches of industry.  In addition, benzene is widely used in organic
syntheses'for the production of phenol, nitrobenzene, chlorobenzene, maleic
anhydride, and other  compounds.  Toluene is the starting material in the pro-
duction of explosives.  Xylidenes and phthalic acids are obtained from  xylene.

     Because of their marked narcotic effect, benzene, toluene, and xylene
affect primarily the  functions of the nervous system.  Thus, G. E. Rozentsvit
(1954) emphasizes that functional disturbances of the central nervous system
precede morphological changes in the blood.  Some investigators even go so far
as to consider the changes in other organs  as consequences of damage to the
nervous and endocrine systems.

     A change in the  reflex activity of animals acted upon by various concen-
trations of benzene was observed by R. I. Yaroslavskaya and I.'M. Rozovskiy
(1952), Yu. V. Novikov (1957), A. I. Korbakova, S. N. Kremneva, N. K. Kulagina,
and I. P. Ulanova (1960).

     In exposures of mice to xylene in a concentration of 550 mg/m3, A. A.
Golubev (1959) noted  a lag in the rate of development of conditioned reflexes
and a decrease in the regularity of differentiated responses.
                                    -  113 -

-------
     Ye. N. Lyublina (1950) determined the minimum concentrations of benzene,
toluene, and xylene acting on the central nervous system of rabbits.  For a
40 minute exposure, they were 300, 500, 1000 mg/m3 for benzene, 300, 500, and
1000 mg/m3 for toluene, and 100, 200, and 400 mg/m3 for xylene.

     Concentrations disturbing the unconditioned reflex activity of rabbits
were 1500 for benzene, 1000 for toluene, and 750 mg/m3 for xylene (A. S.
Faustov, 1961).  The author emphasizes that in contrast to benzene and toluene,
xylene causes a depression of the central nervous system.

     The comparative evaluation of the toxicity of benzene, toluene, and xylene
is made by most authors on the basis of the action of these compounds on the
blood and blood-forming organs.  From this standpoint, M. L. Mgebrov, N. D.
Rosenbaum, Lind, and others consider benzene to be more toxic.  Others indi-
cate that chronic poisoning with toluene may be associated with a depression
of the activity of the bone marrow, as in the case of benzene.  R. G. Leytes,
B. I. Martsinkovskiy and L. K. Khotsyanov hold that toluene and xylene act
like benzene, but that their action is associated with less pronounced changes
in the blood (0. N. Olimpiyeva, V. M. Retnev, and A. P. Rusinova, 1958).

     The study and comparative evaluation of minimum concentrations of these
compounds on the organism are of interest from the standpoint of both toxi-
cology and sanitary protection of atmospheric air.

     There are scant literature data on the pollution of atmospheric air with
vapors of benzene, toluene and xylene.  The sources of atmospheric pollution
may be not only major coking plants and petroleum refineries (A. A. Itskovich
and V. A. Vinogradova, 1956; M. L. Krasovitskaya and T. S. Zaporozhets, 1961),
but also small enterprises and printing houses which use these compounds as
solvents (Yu. V. Novikov, 1956).

     With their distinct, specific odor, benzene, toluene, and xylene are able
to act on the receptors of the upper respiratory tract and nasal cavities and
cause a series of reflex responses involving the nervous system and its high-
est stage, the cerebral cortex.  "The odors and the reflexes that they cause
are by no means indifferent for the organism.  Since they are reflected in the
cortex, they can produce time relationships and involve the most diverse pro-
cesses in their action" (S. V. Anichkov, 1952).

     In recent years, a number of investigations have shown that chemical com-
pounds in concentrations coinciding with the threshold of olfactory perception
or slightly above it are able to cause such reflex responses as a change in the
vascular tone, rhythm and depth of respiratory movements, optimal chronaxy,
galvanic skin reflex, and the light sensitivity of the eye (K. A. Bushtuyeya,
1960; M. K. Borisova, 1960; M. T. Takhirov, 1960, and others).         •   '

     On this basis, we undertook a study of the thresholds of olfactory ,
                                    -  114  -

-------
perception in order to obtain  a  comparative  evaluation of  the effect of these
compounds.  The  thresholds  of  olfactory  perception of  benzene,  toluene, and
xylene had already been  studied.  However, the  studies were  conducted by dif-
ferent experimenters using  different  procedures,  and the threshold values for
the same substance differed considerably.  Thus,  N. V. Lazarev (1963) gave the
following thresholds of  olfactory perception:   benzene 5 mg/m3.  toluene 2 mg/m3,
and xylene 0.8 mg/m3.  According to the  data of Yu. V. Novikov'(1956), the thres-
hold of olfactory perception of  benzene  is 3 mg/m3. Ch'en Yun-t'ai established
the threshold of olfactory  perception of ortho-xylene  at the level of 0.73
mg/m3 (1963).

     We made a determination of  the thresholds  of olfactory  perception accord-
ing to a procedure recommended by the Committee on Sanitary  Protection of
Atmospheric Air  (V. A. Ryazanov, K. A. Bushtuyeva, and Yu. V. Novikov, 1957).

     The concentrations  of  benzene, toluene, and  xylene were determined by
using M. V. Alekseyeva's procedure (1964).   It  is based on nitrating these com-
pounds, then extracting  the nitro compounds  with  butanol.  When a base is added
to the extract,  the solution acquires a  certain color  (purple for benzene, orange
for toluene, and greenish-blue for meta-xylene).   The  color  of the solutions
was measured colorimetrically.  The determination was  made with the aid of photo-
electrocolorinieter (FEKN-57) and calibration curve. The sensitivity of the
method was 0.5 Ug for benzene, 1 yg for  toluene,  and 2 yg  for xylene in a volume
of 2 ml.  The samples were  collected  before  and after  each observation, and the
fluctuations of  the concentrations were  insignificant.
                                              Table 1
                          Results of Determination of the Olfactory
                          Perception Threshold  for Benzene Vapors

Qtanber of
Subjects
8
3
2-
5
Concentration of Benzene, ng/m3
Minimum
Perceptible
>4,0
3,4
3.2
2,8
MaxiffillQ
Imperceptible

3,2
3,0
2,5
     The threshold of olfactory  perception  of  benzene was  determined on  18
subjects.  A  total of 7  concentrations were studied, and 518  tests were  con-
ducted.  The  results are shown in Table  1.

     The first benzene concentration  studied,  4 mg/m3, was imperceptible for
8 persons out of  18.  The minimum perceptible  concentration for  the 5 most
sensitive persons was 2.8 mg/m3, and  the maximum  imperceptible concentration
was 2.5 mg/m3.  Thus, the results of  our studies  confirm the  data on the ol-
factory perception threshold obtained by Yu. V. Novikov in 1956  (3 mg/m3).
                                     - 115  -

-------
                                              Table 2

                          Kosiilts of Determination of the Olfactory
                          Perception Threshold for Toluene Vapors

Number of
Subjects
5
6
4
3
3
3
6
Concentration of Toluene, ing/m^
Minimum
Perceptible
>3,2
3,2
2,8
2,3
2,0
1,8
1,5
Maximum
Imperceptible

27»
2.3
2,0
1,8
1,5
1,27
     The threshold of olfactory perception of  toluene was  studied on 30 sub-
jects,  A total of 7 concentrations were  studied,  and 744  observations were
made, the results of which are presented  in Table  2.

     Of 30 persons, 5 did not perceive the toluene concentration studied - 3.2
mg/m3; the 1.5 mg/m3 concentration was found to be the minimum perceptible
value for the most sensitive 6 subjects.  The maximum imperceptible concentra-
tion for the same subjects was 1.27 mg/m3.  Thus,  the threshold of olfactory
perception of toluene, 1.5 mg/m3, was found to be  slightly below the threshold
given by N. V. Lazarev (2 mg/m3).

     The determination of the threshold of olfactory perception of meta-xylene
was performed on 18 persons.  Six concentrations were studied,  and a total of
431 observations were made.  The results  of the experiment are shown in Table
3.  It is evident from the latter that the minimum perceptible concentration of
meta-xylene for the foremost sensitive subject is  0.6 mg/m3,  and the maximum
imperceptible concentration is 0.41 mg/m3.  Hence,  the threshold of olfactory
perception of meta-xylene (0.6 mg/m3) practically  coincides with the threshold
for the ortho and meta isomers of xylene  (0.73 mg/m3) obtained by Gh'en Yun-t'ai,

     Thus, a lowering of the thresholds of olfactory perception was observed
from benzene to xylene.  The increase in  the number of methyl groups in the
benzene ring probably causes an intensification of the odor.

     The next stage of the comparison of  the toxicity of benzene,  toluene, and
xylene were studies of the effect of their minimum concentrations  on the elec-
trical activity of the cerebral cortex.

     The rhythm of the electric potentials of the  brain constitutes an elec-
tric manifestation of the processes occurring in different regions of/the
                                     - 116 -

-------
cortex of the cerebral hemispheres and other formations of  the central
nervous .system.
                                          Table 3

                      Results of Determination of the Threshold
                      of Olfactory Perception of Xylene Vapors.
Number of
Subjects
2
3
5
4
4
Concentration of Xylene, mg/m'
Minimum
'erceptible
1,9
1,4
1,0
0,85
0,6
Maximum
Imperceptible
1,4
1,0
0,85
0,6
0,41
     K. A. Bushtuyeva, Ye. F. Polezhayev, and A. D.  Semenenko  (1960) were
the first to apply the method of functional  electroencephalography  to  the
study of the reflex effect of minimum concentrations of  chemical  agents.
They found that concentrations which are below  the threshold of olfactory
perception and which as  such do not produce  any visible  effect, can affect
the electrical activity  of the cerebral cortex.

     At the present time, several modifications of functional  electroenceph-
alography are used to study the effect of minimum concentrations  of chemical
substances on the central nervous system.  In order  to study the'effect of
odor subthreshold concentrations of benzene, toluene, and  xylene, we chose
the method of quantitative analysis of the reflex response of  the alpha
rhythm flare-up (A. D. Semenenko, 1963), which  in our view better reflects
the dynamics of the processes occurring in the  cerebral  cortex.   The method
is based on the phenomenon of reinforcement  of  the electric potentials by
various rhythmic stimuli whose frequency corresponds to  the intrinsic  rhythm
of the brain.  Stimulation in rhythm with the brain  potentials (trigger
stimulation) was proposed in 1949 by Walter  and Shipton.   N. P. Bekhtereva
and V. V. Usov (I960) noted that trigger stimulation may considerably  rein-
force the alpha rhythm and produces a greater effectiveness of the  functional
load.

     In our studies, the stimulation was carried out by  using  a rhythmic
light whose intensity was changed every 5 seconds in order to  increase the
functional load on the central nervous system.  The  study  of the  effect of
low concentrations of the compounds studied  on  the electrical  activity of the
cerebral cortex was started after developing a  synchronous and well-defined
alpha rhythm in the subject.  The experiments were performed in a specially
equipped, shielded, and  faintly illuminated  chamber. The  subject was  in  a
semireclining posture in a soft, easy chair.  In front of  his  face  was placed
                                    -  117 -

-------
a cylinder through which pure air was supplied at a rate of 30 1/min, and at
the desired moment, this air was combined with vapors of the investigated com-
pound in a given concentration.  The device for adjusting the supply of vapors,
the electroencephalograph, and the instruments controlling the stimulators
were located outside the chamber.

     The study of the effect of each concentration consisted of 10 observa-
tions representing the alternation of the recording of biocurrents during in-
halation of the compound in a given concentration (five observations) and
during inhalation of pure air (five observations).  A single observation con-
sisted of 18 one-minute cycles, each of which included the application of a
sound stimulus - 10 seconds, waiting for the light - 7 seconds, application
of photic stimulus - 18 seconds, and 25 seconds of active limbering up, done
by the subject in order to produce a stable rhythmic stereotype and to main-
tain the general tone.

     The eighteen minutes of the experiment consisted of three minutes of
training, followed by three minutes forming the background for the given
observation, with the remaining 12 minutes devoted to the experiment proper.
During the administration of the compound, the "gas" was supplied for 6
minutes, and the recovery period lasted 6 minutes.  The gas-air mixture was
supplied intermittently, beginning immediately before the sound was turned
on and ending when the photic stimulus was turned off.

     Analysis of the recording of the biocurrents was based on the integrated
energy of the reinforced rhythm.  The results of the tests were treated sta-
tistically and involved the determination of the confidence factor of the
changes obtained.

     The reflex effect of benzene in concentrations of imperceptible odor on
the electrical activity of the cerebral cortex was studied on 5 subjects most
sensitive to the odor threshold.  The biopotentials were recorded on a 16-
channel electroencephalograph of the Galileo Co.  The biocurrents were taken
off the temporal, occipital, and frontal regions and their combinations,
bipolarly.  A benzene concentration of 2 mg/m^ caused a reinforcement of the
electric potentials from the left temporo^occipital regions of the brain.
The dynamics of these changes can be followed from the data of Table.4.

     It is evident from Table 4 that statistically significant changes of
electric potentials appear in the 3rd-4th minute of supply of the gas-air
mixture.  The reliability of these changes increases by the 5th-6th minute
of supply of the gas-air mixture and disappears by the 5th-6th minute of
the recovery period.  No significant changes were detected in the statis-
tical treatment of recordings from other regions of the brain.  Inhalation
of benzene in a concentration of 1.5 mg/m^ by the subjects did not cause'aay
significant changes in the biopotentials of the brain.
                                     - 118 -

-------
                                                                     Table 4

                      Significance of Changes in the Electric Potentials of the  Brain
                         During Inhalation of Benzene in a Concentration of 2 og/n?
Subject

A. S.
K. S.
II. Z.
N. V..
S. L.
Gas-Air Mixture
Minutes
1-2
0
0
0
0 -
0
3-4
b
a
a
c
b
5—6
C
C
b
o
c
Recovery Period
Minutes
1-2
a
o
0
b
c
3-4
a
0 '
c
b
c
5-6
O
0
0
O
0
                        Note.  Degree of significance: a - 99$; b - 99$; c - 99.9$;
                     o - insignificant.
      The change in  the  electric  potentials of the brain in subject N.  during
inhalation  of different benzene  concentrations is shown in Fig. 1.
                               /  Z  3  I  S 6  7  8  9 10 11  12 13
15
                          Fig. 1. Change in the electric potentials of the
                          brain of subject N. during inhalation of various
                                        benzene concentrations.
                          1 - pure air; 2 - concentration 2 rtg/m'; 3 - concentration
                                              1.5
                                              -  119  -

-------
     The reflex effect of odor subthreshold concentrations of  toluene on  the
electrical activity  of the cerebral  cortex was  studied on subjects with the
most sensitive odor  threshold.  The  biocurrents were recorded  from the fronto-
central  and temporo-occipital regions.   In a concentration of  1  mg/m3, toluene
caused a distinct, statistically significant reinforcement of  the electric
potentials from the  left fronto-occipital regions  of the brain in all the sub-
jects.   The reliability of these changes increased by the 5th-6th minute  of
supply of the gas-air  mixture and remained until the end of the  recovery
period (Table 5).

     In  the remaining  recordings, no changes in the electric potentials were
found during inhalation of 1 mg/m.3 of toluene and  none were detected in any
recordings during inhalation of 0.6  mg/m3.

                                                      Table 5

                Reliability of Changes in the Electric Potentials of the Brain
                 During Inhalation of Toluene in a Concentration of 1 ng/m3.

Subject
.
V. S.
N. V.
P. N.
S. L.
Gas_Air Mixture
Minutes
1—2
b
b
0
a
3-4
O
O
c
a
5-3
O
c
b
a
Recovery Period
Minutes
1—2
c
b
c
a
3—4
a
c
b
a
5-tt
O
C
a
c
                  Note.  Degree of significances  a - 99#J b - 99#5 c - 99.9$
                                          o - insignificant.
                      no

                      105

                      wo

                      15
*-r*
                          • t  3 4  S e  7  8 9 tO' 11 12  13 «  15
                                        Bin.
                     Fig. 2, Change in the electric potentials of the  brain
                     of subject N. during_inhalation of different concentra-
                                    tions of toluene.
                     1 - pure air; 2 - concentration 1 mg/m^; 3-0.6 ng/m^
                                       -  120 -

-------
      Data on the  change in the  electric potentials  of the brain of subject N.
during inhalation of different  concentrations of  toluene are presented in Fig,
2.   The reflex effect of xylene was  also studied  on 4 subjects with the most
sensitive odor threshold.  The  biocurrents were recorded from the  fronto-
occipital region.   The first xylene  concentration studied, 0.32 mg/m3, caused
a distinct, statistically significant decrease of the electric potentials
from both fronto-occipital regions of the brain in  all the subjects.  These
changes were more pronounced in the  left fronto-occipital region.   The de-
gree of significance increased  by the 5th-6th minute of supply of  the gas-air
mixture and, without decreasing, was preserved until the end of the recovery
period (Table 6).   A xylene concentration of 0.21 mg/m3 caused no  changes
whatsoever.  The  change in the  electric potentials  of the brain of subject
N. during inhalation of different xylene concentrations is shown in Fig. 3.

                                                       Table 6

                Significance of Changes in the Electric Potentials of the Brain
                 During Inhalation of Xylene  in a Concentration  of 0.32 fflg/ffl'.

Subject

A. K.
N. V.
PN •
S. L.
Gas-Air Mixture
Minutes
1-2
O
O
B
• b '
3-4
a
b
o
a
5-6
0
c
b
a
Recovery Period
Minutes
1-2
b
b
c
b
3-4 | 5-6
a
c
b
b
o
c
c
b
                   Note.  Degree of significances a - 95$; b - 99& c - 99.9$;
                 o - insignificant.
.7.
105



100

35

SO

,
.


\ j*.
' AC^

-


t ,f
— — Xylene *


_^_ 	 .•5*^1-
?ssr^r^s
\
"--x

••
	

3
f— _^ y^ .^^^^C
^T ^^V^^ **i
^yf^,,^ v

A /- — ,
V

i • i i i i
                         t  i  3 t  S  6 J  8  9 10  11 12 13 H 15
                                       Kin.
                     Fig. !>,  Change in the electric potentials of the
                     brain of subject N. during inhalation of different
                              concentrations of xylene.
                     1 - pure air; 2 - concentration 0.32 mg/»>5i 3 - con-
                                centration 0.21 rag/HP
                                       - 121 -

-------
                                                     Table 7

                  Results of Study of the Threshold of Olfactory Perception and
                  Reflex Effect of Microconcentrations of Benzene, Toluene, and
                       Xylene on the Electrical Activity of the Brain.
Substance
izene
.uene
Lene
.Olfactory Perception
Reflex Effect on
Biocurrents of Brain
Concentration, mg/ra?
Threshold
2,8
1,5
0.6
Subthreshold
2,5
1.27
0.41
Threshold
2.0
1.0
0,32
Subthreshold
1,5
0.6
0,21 ..
     Comparing  the  results of the studies (Table 7) and  evaluating the charac-
ter of the action of microconcentrations of benzene, toluene and xylene on the
electrical activity of the cerebral cortex, one can reach  the following con-
clusions:

     1.  The thresholds of olfactory perception are lowered  as the number of
methyl groups in the benzene ring increases.

     2.  The magnitude of  the threshold concentrations from  the standpoint
of the effect on the electrical activity of the brain decreases from benzene
to xylene in proportion to the decrease of the thresholds  of olfactory per-
ception.

     3.  Benzene and toluene reinforce the electric potentials; xylene has
the opposite effect, causing a marked depression of the  electrical activity
of the cerebral cortex. The restoration of electrical activity of the brain
during the action of toluene and xylene takes place more slowly.         «

     4.  Concentrations of 1.5 mg/m3 benzene, 0.6 mg/m3  toluene and 0.2 mg/m^
xylene are the  Subthreshold ones for the effect on the electrical activity of
the brain and their odor is imperceptible; we therefore  recommend them as the
highest single maximum permissible concentrations for atmospheric air.  Our
proposal was examined  and  approved by the section on sanitary protection of
atmospheric air of  the Ail-Union Problems Commission.
                                     - 122 -

-------
                           LITERATURE CITED

Note:  References mentioned in this paper are to be found at the
       end of the volume in the 1967 bibliography.
                                - 123 -

-------
          LITERATURE  CITED IN 1968  PAPERS
A a e K c e e B a  M.  B.  OnpeflejieHHe aTMoc^epiiwx sarpssneHiifi.  M..
    MearH3,  1963.
AflCKceeBa M. B.  B KH.: EpeACJibiio AonycriiMue KoimeHTpamm'aT-
    uoc4>epiibix aarpHSHCHHfl. B. 8. M., 1964, crp. 174.
AJieKceesa  M. B..  AHAPOHOB B. E.,  fypBHU C. C.,  JK.m-
    x o B a A. C. Onpeae^eiiHe speflHux BemectB B sosAyxe npotmoA-
    CTB6IIHUX nOMeUlCHHit. M., roCX!lMU3A.aT, 1954.
AJieKceeBH. F.  B KH.: PYKOBOACTBO no wmniiiecKHM H Jia6opatop-
    HbiM iicc^eAODainiflM, ociiosaHHoe B. E.  npeflieKCHCKHM.  M., 1964,
    crp. 33.                     .           .
A^bnepn R. E. B KH.: CoBpeveHHue  Bonpocw HepsiOMa B
    run H naTOviormi. M., 1958, crp. 41—46.
"AHHHKOB C. B. *apM3Ko^. H TOKCIIKO-I., 1955, XVIII, I, 3—7.
Ax H e p o B V. 111. JKypii. BWCUI. Heps. ABHT., 1956, 6, 2, 226—233.
B a H K o B  B. K- B  KH.: flpeAe^biio AonycriiMbie  KOHueiiTpau.HH
    ctfiepHbix 3arpfl3HeiiHfc. B. 8. M.,  1964, crp. 127—13.7.
B a x M a H C. M. ^a6op. Ae.no, 1953, 5, .13—15.
Be^eHbKHH M. /I., Poaenra pT B. H. ycnexn cosp.  6\wn., 1949,
    28, 3 (6). 387—399.
BeJiosepcxHfi A. H.  BBCTHHK MFV, 1949, 2, 125.
EHpioKosa P. H. THF. H can., 1962, 7, 43—46.
EyuiryeBaK. A.  B KH.:  HpeACJibHo  AonycriiMWc KOimeHTpamm ar-
  .  woc4>epHbix aarpHSHeiinfi. B. 4. M., 1960, crp. 92.
EyuiTyeaa K. A.  rHrnciniiecKaH onciiita OKIICJIOB cepw KaK BTMO-
    c(J>epiibix aarpnsiieinifi (aKcncpiiMciiTa.ibiibie iicc^eflOBaiiHn). ABTO-
    pe(p. AHCC. AOKT. M., 1964.
ByiuTy-eB-a K- A.  B KH.:  ripeAe^biio  AonycniMbie KoimeHTpamm aT-
    Moc4>epiibix aarpsrciicHiifi. B. 8. M., 1964, crp. 119—137.
B y iii T y e B a K. A., H o ^ e JK a e B  E. 4>., C e M e H e H K o A. fl. THF.
    H can., 1960, 1, -57—61.                 .   .
B.yxTHRpos A. F. F> KH.: McxaiiiiaMW  naTOJiorHqecKiix peaKUnfi. JI.,
    1955, crp. 183-187.
B a fl H e B  10. . JlaGop. AC.IO, 1964,  7, 434—438.
BoAKOBa A, fl. Hir. H can., 1959, I, 80—82.
BoviKOsa  A. FI.  H3Mcneiinc '(paromrrapnofi pcaKUiiii oprainisMa  npn
    XpOHIl'ICckoM B03ACHCTBHII  CeHSO-ia  (B npOII3BOACTBCIUIbIX yc/IOBH-
    flX H 3KCnCpHMCItTC) 1 ABTOpC(p. AHCC. K3I1A. M.,  1961.
BopoCbeea P. M., Cyuopou C. B. Fur. TpyAa K npoep. safio^e-
        H, 1961,  10, 45-^48.
                              - 124  -

-------
 f a a a c K H H a H. £., tllTeccejibT. A.  Qmuon. xypu. CCCP, I93S,
     XIX, 6»
 FeflbACHCKHOJibAP. C. B Kir.: HtHpopMamioHiibtri 6io;uieTeiib HII-
     CTHTyra JIM. . <1>. dpHCMaua, 1958. 14—15, cip. 50—53.
 FeHAepcoH 11 XarrapA. BPCAHUC rasw  B npcmbiiujiciiHocTH  (nc-
     PBBOA  c HeuetiKoro). M.—Jl.,  1930.
 FepuiaHOBHi 3. C, MmiKHna A.  H.   EHOXHMHH,  1951, 16.  1,
     36—39.   •
 FepruyHHF. B. B KH.: Matepuajiu no  H3no.ioniii peueniopoB. M.,
     1948, crp. 23—30.
 F o a y 6 e B A. A.,  P y c H H B.  fl. B KH.: PVKOBOACTBO no rumene tpy-
     Aa. M., 1963. crp. 109—121.
 FojibAfiJiaTTM.  B.,  FojibAfiflaTTlO.  B KH.: HeKoropue npo6-
   ' mutt  I-HI-HCIIM  TpyAa  H npoyHKUHOHa^biioro  COCTOHIUIH nepsnofi
     ABTOpeneK.nep  B.  A.  B  KH.: OpeAe^bHo AonyciiiMbie
  •  atMOC(J)epHb(x 3arpfl3HenHil. B. 5, M,  1961, crp. 142—168.
 TypBHi  A. E. Jla6op. A&/IO,  1955, 3, 3—9.
 FypHHOBB. n.  B KH.: Oxpana TpyAa H SAOposbfl Ke^THiiHKOB Bam-
   •  mpHH. M., 1958, crp. 139—148.
 Fycea H. C.  THF. H can., 1965, 12, 6—It.                      *
 r y c e B M. H.  THrHeHtmccKafl oueHKa sarpnanenKH aTMOc^epnoro BOS-
     Ayxa CBIIHUOM. ABTopetJ). AHCC. M., 1960.
 F y c e B M. H.,  C M H p H o B K). K. B  KH.:  FTpeAeJibHO AonycTHMbie KOII-
     uempamui aTMOccpepnux aarpHSKeniiH.  B. 4. M.. 1960, crp. 139—142.
 .AaHHiueBCKHHC.  Jl.  B KH.:  Bonpocbi ninieHbi TpyAa  H  npo$3a-
     6o^eBaHiifl.  M.—/I.. 1951, T. 10, crp. 187.
.•JljiHHiueBCKiifi C. Jl. OapttaKOJi.  K TOKCKKOJI., 1930, K° 3,  16.
 HBOCKHHH.  F. THP. H can., 1961, 10, 41—47.
 Ae6oB   C.  C. B  KH.:  VcnexH   GitoflonmecKofi  XIIMIIH.  IToA  pei.
 -    B. H. Opexoaima. T. 2. M.. 1954, CTP.  115.
 AeueHTbeeaM. H.  B  KH.:  AnajiHS   npoiiSBOACTBeiiHbix rasoe.
     Jl.—M.,  1959.        .
 fl e a H (fa a E. B.  B KH.:. HHCtpyKTHBiibie Marepiiaflbi no MeioaaM onpc-
     A&neHHs  B  BOSAyxe  paGomix noMemefiiiu HeKoiopux XIIMIWCCKHX
    : BetuecTB.  M., 1964.
 Ao6pOBo^bCKHi*[ Jl. A.  Fur. TpyAa  n npod>. 3a6oJieBaiinn,  1962,
     2,  19-56. -
 Ao6pHKOsa 0. A.  FIpo6jieMbi ^iiaiio^oriiu oirnncit. M.,  T.  2,  1964.
• Ay6pOBCKafl K e B a K). B.  B KH.: VMCHbie aaniicKii MOCKOBCKOPO iiayMHo-ncc^e-
     AosaTe/ibCKoro  HiicTiiiyTa  ninieiiu HMCHH *.  . 3pncMana. B. 5.
    ' M, 1960.
 EflAiiMOBaE.,  n y m K n H a H. H. Fur. H  can., 1966, 2, 85—86.
 • >KHJiOBa H. A.  Fur. H can.,  1959, 12, 18—23.
 3 a K yT it H c K u ft A. H., II a p 


-------
3ApOAOBCKHftn. .  BCCTH. AMH CCCP, 1964, 9. 86—91.
3 A p o A o B c K ti ft FI. .  BCCTH. AMH CCCP, 1961, 4, 9—19.
H 6 p a r 11 M o B M.  F.,  Jl H c 11 a n c K n ft E. 3.  B KII.: Tpyau OTOJia-
    ptiiiranoroB BauiKiipCKOii ACCP. B. 3. V$a, 1962, cip. 16—22.
H M a in e B a  H. B. Fur. H can., 1963, 2, 3—8.
H ui H M o B a  Jl. M. B  KH.: XV Hayinan cecciia MeAummcKoro IIHCTH-
    ryra. Teaucu AOKnaAoe. KyAfiuuies, 1954, 57—58.
K u K o B H q A. A., B ti H o r p a A o B a B. A.  B KII.:  Teancbi AOOBAOB
   ' Hayloft  cecciiit HoBocn6npcKoro  cainiTapiioro inicTiiTyTa. HOBOCII-
    6npCK, 1956, crp. 23—26.
K a n K> x H H ft K. H..  F o p A w H H M. Fl.  B KII.: Marepnajibi Bcecoraa-
    HOH KOiKpepenmm  no camiTapHOii oxpaHe  aTMoafcepiioro
  •  M.. 1964,  crp.  54—57.
KaiieHCKHH  C. C.  MaTepna;ibi A.IH  (papMaKojioran
    AHCC. AOKT. COB, 1878.
K a n a a H c K H & C. H.  Becm AMH CCCP, 1962, 9,  10—21.
KH a 6enro(p B. F. THF. rpyAa H rex. Geaon., 1934, 4. 22—26.
Kop6aKOBa  A. H.,  KpeMHesa  C.  H.,   Ky-naniHa H.  K.,
•  - y^aHOsa H. n.  B KH.: IlpoMuuuieHHafi TOKCHKOJionm. M.,  1960,
    crp. 232—238.
KopHeesK). E.  Tur. H can.,  1955, 9, 15.
KouiroHHuX. C. KD6iifleHHbiH cSopHHK AH CCCP. M., 1947,437—464.
Kp a BKOB C. B. Tma H ero pa6ora. M.—Jln 1950.
Kynpau E.  H.  Fur. TpyAa u  npo
-------
 O Ji b ui a H c K M ft M. H.,  JI H x a M e a a B.  B.  TpyAM PocTOBCKoro-ira-
     Aoiiy  MeAHiumcKoro  HiiCTiiTyra.  C6. 2,  PocroB-na-.fl.oHy,  1935,
     crp. 120.
 II a B Ji o B H. n. JleKUHH no (pHSHOJionin. Hsa. AH CCCP, Jl —M  1952.
1 O n a p H H A. H.,  E B p c H H o B a T. H. BCCTH. AH CCCP, 1947, 58,253.
 n e T p o B A. M.  B KH.: Tpyau  JIcHKiirpaAcxoro cau.-rnr.  MCA. HHCTH-
     tyra.  Jl., 1960, crp. 153.
 riorocsH  V. T. FHI-. H can., 1965. 7, 3.
 n o K p o B c K n A A. A. Boen. MCA. xypii., 1953, 9, 61—65.
 n p e o 6 p a JK e H c K H fi  B. C. BCCTH. AMH CCCP, 1964, 10. 7—16.
 FI y ui K H H a H. H.  BiioxiiMimecKiie MCTOAM iiccjieAoaaiiHsi.  M.,  MeA-
     I-H3, 1963.
 TlbHHKOBB. B. JKypit. o6«cfi XIIMIIH, 1933, 3, 6.
 nuuKJifl B. H.  Bectii. AMH CCCP,  19G3, 4, 20—28.
 P e B H o B a  H. B. Fur. TpyAa H npoip. aafioJieBaima, 1965, 2,  17—22.
 P 0.3 e H 6 a y M H. fl.  Fur. H can.. 1945, 1—2, 23—29.
 PoaeHUBHT P. 3.  B KH.: PecpepaTbi  nayqiibix pa6or JIciimirpaACKoro"
     HHCTiiryra nirHeHbi TpyAa sa 1953 r. JI.. 1954, ctp. 148—152.
 PaaanoBB. A.  B KH.: ripeAenbHo AonycTHMwe KoiiaeiiTpamm aTMO-
     c$epuux 3arpH3HeiiHft. B. I.  M., 1956. crp.  26—39.
 P H 3 a H o B  B. A. PI'KOBOACTBO no KOMMyHa/ibiioft rHnienc. T.  I. M.,
     1961.
 PaaaHOBB. A. THF. n can., 1961, 6,  3—8.
 P a 3 a n o B  B. A.  B KH.: FlpcA&nbHo AonycTHMbie KOimeiiTpamtii aTMO-.
     c4>epHfcix 3arpH3iiennii. B. 8. M., 1964. crp. 5—21.
 P a 3 a n o B  B. A.,  B y in T y e B a K- A.,   H o B n K o B K). B.  B KH.:
     FlpeAeJibiio AonycriiMbie  KoimeiiTpamm  aTMOc^epnux aarpsaHeiim'c.
     B. 3.  M., 1957. crp.  26—39.
' C a A H Ji o B a M.  C., C e Ji H n K H H a K- O., Ill T y p K H H a O. K-  THP.
     H  can., 1965, 5,  11—15.
 CaMapcxaflH. B.  B  KH.: Marepiia^w XII! Hayquou ceccnn CsepA-
     AOBCKoro itHCTHTyta  rurHeiibt rpyAa n npodinaTOwiorHH. CsepA-ioBCK,
     1964.
 C e Ji K H a H. A. Fur. H can.. 1962, 5, 41.
 CeMeneHKoA. A.  Fur. H can., 19G3, 7, 49—55.
 C e M e H e H K o A. ZU  Ba^aiuesB. H., ApsaMacuesE. B.  B KH.:
     BcecotosHaa KOiiefiepeiimtfi no BonpocaM nirneHbi  BOAU it canuTap-
     HOft'oXpailM BOAOCMOB. TeSHCbl AOKJI3AOB. M., 1963, CTp. 33—35.
 CHMaKOBFI. B. Bonp. nnTainifl. 1960, 19, 6, 69—71.
 C M ii p H o B K). K. HapyuieHiiK nopcpiipiiiioBoro  ofiMena  npa aaCo/ie-
     BamiHx  nepBHofi cncieMbi. ABTOpe^). AHCC.  M., 1953.
• CMOJIHHBB E. n. Apx. nat., 1961, 23, 5,  59—64.
 COJIOMHH F. H. Fur. H can., 1961, 5, 3—8.
 C n H p H H A. C. BnoxuMHfl,  1958, 23, 6, 656.
 TiiTaesA. A., JI apCKiifi 3. F., BopncoB a T.  n., HaACJKAH-
     H a E. A.  JIa6op. ACJIO, 1964, 4, 201—205.
 T K a H H.  3. Fur. H can., 1965, 8, 5.
 TKBICB n. F.  B KH.: npeACJibiio AonycTHMwe  KoimcHTpamiu atMO-
     C(j)epiiwx 3arpH3iiciiuri. B. 8.  M., 1964, cip.  41—58.
 yfiaftAyjiJiaeB P. Fur. H can.,  1961. 7, 3—11.
 VeafiAyJiJiaeBP.  JlaCop. ABJIO, 1964, 5, 300—302.
 yd>JiHHA IO. M. Tcopiin n npaKTiwa  xponaKciiMeTpHpoBamin. Jl., 1941.
 y H H T c Ji b H. 8., X a c M a H 3. JI. BCCTH. AMH CCCP, 1964.  3, 23—36.
 Q> u ji a T o B a  B. H. Fur. H can., 1962,  11,4.
                                - 127 -

-------
  0 ii n it n n o B a 3. X. P KH.: MaTepna.au HavMHofi Koiiipepenmiii, HOCBH-
     uteiniofi DonpocaM rtiniciiu tpyaa,  npotpnamiiomii H
     HOI'I TOKCiiKo.ionui B He<|>THHoii H iiccpTexiiMimccKoft
     CTH..y M a H «. M.  Fur. H can.. 1961. 5. 14—18.
  IIIiecceJibT. A.  4>apMaKo;i.' H TOKCHKO^., 1941, 4, 3, 55—59.
  IIIyjibraT. M.  B Kit.:  FlpejiejibHO AonycriiMbie KoimeHTpaniin aTMO-
     .ctj>epHbix 3arpH3Heniift. B. 6. M., 1962, crp. 128—145.
  J! K a M 3 a c B. A. Fttr. H  can.. 1966, 3, 3—7.
  JIpocjiascKan P. H.  fleficiBiie 6eH3OJia B aKcnepuMeiire  na neko-
    ' Topbie   (jjyHKUHii  ueiirpajibHoii HepsHofi CHcreiiu. Asropeip.  AHCC.
     K3HA. XapbKOB,  1952.    %                        • -
                             •*   •!      "       "a

 • Campbell'R. M:, Rosterlitz H. \V.  Brit. J.  exp.  Path.,  1952.
     29, 149.
  ChrisfomanosA.  Biochem. J.,  1930, 229,  248.
  Deichmann V. B.,  McDonald W. E.,  Bern a I E. Toxicol. a.
     Appl. Pharmacol., 1963, 5, 2.
  Dujardin,   Bcaumetz,  Bardet.   Bull. gen.  Therap.,  1887,
     Ja'nv. 15, 1.                                    .-.--•
^ EhrichV., Drabkin D., Form an G. J. exp. Med..  1949,90,157.
  Ghiringhelli Di  Fabio Med. laboro, 1957, 5 48, 10, 559.
  Goret V. P.,  Joubert L. Rev.  Immunol.  (Paris), 1949, 13, 6, 338.
  Huchard. Jaz. hebd.,  -1885, 50, 846.
  Hultgren J. C. R. Soc. Biol., 1926, 95, 1068—1070.
  I a m a d o Arch. Hyg.. 1908, 61, 57.
  Kuhbock J, La'chnit V. Internal. Arch.  Gewerbepathol. u.  Ge-
      werbehyg.. 1962. 19, 2. 149—157.
  Kutscher W..  Wust  H.  Biochem. Z., 1942, 310, 292—301.
  LabordfeC'R. Soc. BioL. 1885. 12,  19.
  Mairet, Combema 1 e. C. R. Soc. Biol.. 1885, "11, 3, 178.'
  'Massart L., Dufait R.  Naturwissenschaften, 1939,  27,  806—807.
  McCor-d C. R. Benzol (Benzene) poisoning Cincinnati. Ohio,. 1931,
      p. 43.
  Rambach V. A., Moomav D. R.r  Act H. L., Cooper I. A.
      Proc.  Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y.). 1952, 79. 59.
  Reiner  J. M.,  Tsuboi  K.  M.,  Hudson P. B. Arch, biochem.-
      biophys., 56.  165—183.
.  RurtN.  S.,  Murray  R. G., "Rossiter R. L. Blood, 1951. 6,  906.
  Smith Q., Singer L.,  Armstrong \V. D. J. Dent. Res., 1954.
       33, 685.
  W'ooster H. A.,  Lushbaugh C. C.,  Redemann  C.  E.  J. In-
       dustr., Hyg. Toxicot.. 1947, 29,  I, 56..
                                -  128  -

-------
           LITERATURE CITED IN 1967 PAPERS
                        a) Oieiecrat'HHa.i

ArecBa-MafiKOBa 0. F. BCCTII. OTOpimoaap.,  1951, 3, 3—8.
A»3eH6epr M. fl.  PyccKan OTo.-inpimro.ionm,,  1927, 5, 494—502 -'
AKCJOK A. *., By^MMCB  T. B.  Hir.  it can.,  12, 1962.
AvieKceeea  M. B. Onpejc.U'Hiie  atMoccpepiiUx 3arpsi3iiciiuii. 1939.
Ajiexceesa M. B.  OnpcAe-ieniie aTMoc4>ep»uix  aarpnaHCHirii, 1902.
AjieKceesa  M,  B. Bpeae.ibHO aonycTiiMwe 'Kosmeirrpau;!:! anioc-
    ii3!io-
    JIOTHH  H naTOJiotiHH. M., .1958, crp. 41—46.
A .1 b n e p H fl. E. Xo^iiHepni'iecKite  npoueccu E  nato-ionm. A\.. 19G3.
AnaTOBCKaji  B. C. Tesiicw  AOKJiazos. MaTepna.iu iiaymiofl icccini
    no TOKCHKOfloniii  uucoKOMo.'ieky.inpiibix COCAKIIOIIIIU. M.—11., il/Gl,
    crp.-28—29.
AHHH  10. JI. Jla6op. osno, 1964,-1, 19—21.
AHKMKOBC. B. I"Hr. H can., 1952. 10, 7—12.
•AHOXHH n. K. npo6.ne.\ia ueiitpa  u nepH(j>ep;ui B 4>H3iioj!oni»  nepo-
  "  «ofi iBeaTe-ifaHociH. ropbKiift, 1935, crp.  162.
Ace T. B., BOJI -B. B. H ap. TpyAM -u 'MaTepita.ibi yKpajiHCKoro TO-
    cyaapCTseHHoro HHCTHTyta  pa6oKeu MeAKUintbt, 1926, -crp. It—55.
BaflKos B. >K.  rnr. H can., 1953, cr-p.  3—8.'
DauKoe  B. K. B  KH.:  npca.e.auHo aonycTHMbie  xpHueiiTpauuit  .win-
    c«pepHbix 3arpH3neiiHH,  1964, e. 8,-crp. 127—138.
B a K a Ji e H H it K  K.  E. B  KH.: Teaiicu  10-fi nayHHofi ceccmt Cacpi-
    AOBCXoro nHCTHTyia ninieiibi  ipyaa  n npoifeccHOHaflbnoft  naro.io-
    FHH. CBCPAJIOBCK,  1960, crp. 59—60.
BaKMaH C. M. JIaCop. flb.io, 19S8, 5. 13—15:
BaxMan C. M. Bpa'i. ae.io,  1960,  11,  110—105.
BaJiaxoacK H i*i  C. Ji.  u  B a .1 a XOBCKH fl H. C. Meto.ui  x-i-
  •  MHMCCKoro ana.iina Kpoeii.  M., 1953, crp. 723.
BcneHbKHH  M.  JI. 3/ieMCHTbi  KOJiimecroeimofi OIICHKH  (j>apMai:o.ici-
    THiecxoro eip^eKTa. Hsjt. AH JlaTBiifloKOii  CCP. Para, 1959.
BCCKOB  C. fl. OCHOBU xiotmecKoii fexno.ioni'.H. M.. 1962.
BexTepesa  H. -IT. H VCOB B.  B.  .   TeaHCU   AomiaAoe  naymon
  '   KOHeppocn.ia-
     BOB. fliicc.  Kami. M-, 1952.
B op H COB a M. K- B KH.: npc.ic.ibtio AonycTuuue KonueRrpauici ai
  •  .jioobepHbix 3arpa3iieiiin"i,- 1960, B.  4, crp. 61—75.
ByuiTyesa  K. A.  FHrHeHti'iccKan oaestKa  OKHOIOB cepw xaK atMOC-
     epar, 1964.
                          - 129 -

-------
ByiuiycDa K. A. B KH.: npeae.ibno aonycruMbie KomittiTpamiu HT-
    iiocijjcpnux  3arpfUHeii!!ii. M., 1961, crp.  IIS—126.
By ui ryes a K. A. B «H.:-npeae.ibno aonycTHMwe KOiiucnrpa:aiii ar-
    Moctpepnux  aarpsQHCHKii. M..  1960, B. 4,  cip. 92—101.
ByuiTyesa K. A. .B KH.: Opeie-ibuo aonycuiMue KoaueiiTpamui ai-
    Moclpepiiux  33rpH3iiei(iiii. M., 1962, B.  VI.
ByuiTyesa  K. A. B KH.:  npe.ie.ibHo  aonycrifMuc KOHneiiTpaun:i
    aTMOCipepiibix sarpssHCHiifi. 1957. B. 3,  cxp. 23—41.
ByuiiyeBa K. A.,  no.iex.  K. B KH.:  KpatKaa xtiMtiiecKan  3nu.iiKJione3.ua.  M..
    1961, T.  I, cip. 90—91.
Bofinap 'A. O.  Eiio^onmecKan ioiro.i. JKVDK. CCCP. 1954, 6, 691—696.
BoJib4>OBCKa H   P. H.   H " £1 a B W40B a  T.  H. CfiopmiK Ha\T-
    •HHX pa6oy aa roflH OieHecTBeHHOH BOMHM. M., 1915, cxp. 155—159.
Bpeanwe  iBemecrBa B npo.Mbiiii.ienHocTH. rioa pea.  H. B. Jlasapeoa
    JI., 1963, cTp. 90—114.
B a a o B  A. M., B a r H o .B a  M. J\., B a c H .1 b e B A. C.,  T1 y ui K H-
    aa  H. H. HTQiwaa MayqHan  KoiicfiepeHmia MOCKOBCKOFO Haymo-
    Hcoie^OBaTC-ibCKoro HHCTiiTyra KM. $. . SpiiCMaHa.  1961.
TeHAepceH,  Xa rapa.  B KH.:  BpcjHbie   rasu  B  npoMbiui.iciuio-
    CTH. M.—JI.. 1960, crp. 109.
TCHCC C.  F. HepanaH  oncTe.\ia  ti BHyrpeHHaji ceicpemts, 1955.
re4»Tep JI. H.,   UlyJibiMan  E.'&., H o n H K.   C  ff.., n.n;ib-
    Aiau  H. H.,  SapeitKaa  A. H.  H  K-iefin  C.  M.  Tpy^u
    BopOHeykCKoro  .MeanmiHCKoro iiHCTiiTyta,  1935, T. V.
    JiJieMA.  H  lilrepHE. S^cKrpOHHWc   cneKrpw  nor.nomcHiin
    opranimecKiix coeaHHeHHfi. Ilep. c anrn. Flo.t pea.  JI. A. B;UOMCK-
    4>eJibAa. H3A- HiiocT-paHiiofi  .niiTeparypM.  M., 1957.
    PCKHH  E.  JI.  B KH.:  Bonpocbi ninieiibi rpyma,  npo4>naTOJiop!m H
    flpOMblUMeHHOH  HHTOKCIIKaUHH. CsepJ-lOBCK, 1959.
    Tejib30H  JI.  51., TepuiKOB  fl. A. SpiitporpaMMbt  KBK'MCTO.I
    KniiHKiecKoro  HccneaoBaHiw  Kposii. H34. CHSupCKoro  OT,ie.ieinm
    AMH OGCP.  KpacHoapcK. 1959.
    aySep'MaH  C. B. B tpvaax Bopone/Kcxoro iiea-ifUJWCKoro'n:i-
    CTHTyta, 1957,  T. XXIX, ctp. 31—34.
 rojiiuHHCxaa  M. T. j[3no.i. H
-------
FopuixoB  C.  H.  O coapeMen.'iux jieio.i»x  riinieiticiccKiix •HCC.IC.IO-
    saiwii. M., 1964, crp. 9—24.
rocpMeK^ep B. A. Hir. n can.. I960. 4. 9—14.
I. cxpMex.iep  B. A. B KII.: ripeje.iwio  jionycTiiMuc  KoimciiTpamiu
    aiMoapepiibix sarpfoiteinifi. M.,  1961,  B. VIII.
Toui€B  A.  H.  Bonp.  MCA. .XIIMIIII. 1938, T. 4.
rpuroposa O. H. Bonp. oxp. Mai. n ACT. 1953, 10, 50, 55.
rpiiropOBa  0. ITT. 'Jexoc.iOBaiiKas iiejiiaTpim, 1957, 2, 233.
TpuropoBa  O. FI., T KTO B T. H. Boup. oxp. Mar.  11 ACL,  1957.
    1, 31, 34.
ipiiropoBa O. fl. Bonpocu oxp. jiar.  H ACT., 1962, 9.  13, 17.
rpMuunyii  Jl.  Ji. Baibtiiiie  3O3mioii.iiut KPOBH n HX  K.ninuiKO
    HocrHsecKoe  3HaHeii(ie. M.. 1962.
TpoHc6epr  E. Ul.  XiiMii'iecKan npoMbiui-ienHOCTb, 1961, 7.
•I' y .1 b K o  X. F. MaTopna.ibi  caHinapHofi  xapaKTepiiCTHKu np
    CTBa Banaaiieoux coeAiiHcinu'i. ABTopei|>. Sana, nice., 1951.
FVCCB  M.  H.  O 06.: ripeAe.ibiio AoiiyciiiMbie •KOimeiiTpamiu  aiutoc-
    (pepuux aarpaaiieHufc. M., 1960, crp. 7—38.
Tyces  M.  H.  B «n.: lOpeae-ibHo aonycri»iue KOHueHtpamiii  auMoc-
    iJiepHux sarpaaHeHiifi. Meania. M., 1960, B.  4. crp. 26.
F y c e B  M. H.  H  C M H p H o B K). H.  B KII.:  .Ilpe.aejibHo jonycriiMbife
    KOHueHTpamm  aTMoctbepHbix  sarpasiieHiiii.  M., -I960,  B.  4,  cip.
    139-142
TVCCB  M.  H.,  Me.TiiK-aHO'B  K. H. Fur. H can., 1963, 5, 3—8.
Jl n n T p H e B  B. A- BIO.I.I.  axcnep. 6110.1. n  «ea., 1939,  8, 6.
ZI,MiiTp«eBa  H. B. Jla6op. Ae.io, 1S63, 6.
Plryuoa  A. A.  B cS.: 'K.iHHiiKO-nirueHimecKiie iicc-ieiOBauns  no TOK;
   "cHieoKKM sewecTsaM, npiKMetifleuuM   B  IIOBUX   npoiissoacTBax.
    JI.. 1940, B.  2.
Crop OB  A. n. Mop$OjioriiqecKiift aHa.nns xpoBit. Mcflrns. M., 1954.
E r o p o B  K. B.  Tpyaw 'AcrrpaxaHCKoro  MeaimiiHCKoro  IIHCTIITVT:I,
    1958. T. 14. cip.  205.
EpeMHH E. n.. KacnapCKan 3.  A. -BnoxiiMitn, 1950, T. 15, o. 2.
>Kryn II. B. JIa6op. zeno. .1962. 4. 23.
?K«yACxaH  .P. M. -npeae-ibiio aonycrtiMue xonueHTpauHii  SAOBH-
    TUX napes,  ra303 «  nw.iH « aojayxe paooinx •noMeiueitiift,  1933,
    B. 32, cxp. 52.
33Kp W€ BC« ii ft   E.  B., Bacn.ij>esa fl. T.  JlroMimecueHTnaH
    'MKKpocKonHa B  K/iiiHiiKo-reMaToioni'iecKux iicc.ieflOBaHHH.x. Mea-
    TH3. M.. 1963.
II-Ma mesa H. B.  THI-. n can., 1963, 2, 3—8.
II UK OB HI A. A.. BiiHorpaaosa  B. A. Tesncbt aox.iaaoB  na-
    VHHO& ceccnjt  HoBocn6»ipoKOro !iayHHo-ncc.ie,ioBaTenbCKoro  caim-
    rapHOro  .HiicrnTyTa   15—18  Maa"l966 r.  HoBocii6npCK,  1956,

Kasac  JI.  H.  Apxits o^Ta-iutaionni, 1925,  T.  1,  CTp. 505—526.
Ka.iaOyxoB  H. H. y-cnexn cosp. 6110.1., 1940, 12. B.  1.
KaiieHCKiifi  C.  C. Mareptia.ibi A-I« (papMaKo.ionni  aaero^enoHa.
    /IHCC. AOKT. GFI6,  1889.
KanKaeo  3.  A. Tur.  H can.,  1963. 12.
 Koran A. X. Bro^n. 3Kcncp. 6110.1. H   MCA..  19=>9.  4,  8,  10.  109-
     113
Koran  H. 5. ri(Miip»rpa<|>u
-------
K o xc e B H ii K o B B. A.,  M e m e p c K ii A P. M. CoopeMciiHwc  MCTO-
    AM ana^.-raa 3.ieKTpo3Hue<}>a.iorpa.MM. Meanis'.  At,  1953.
KO3.iOB H. B. ABTope4>e?aT anccepTamiH Ha coiicKanne yvenofi cie-
    nemi aoKTopa  MeAinumcKux nayx. Aliwcx.  1962.
K'ouoHOBa B. A., AKCCHOBO B. B. Far. 11 can., 1963, 7,  7—11.
KopGaxosa  A. H., KpeMHesa  C.  H.,  Ky.ianiHa  H. K.,
    y Ji a n o B a  H.  n. B xn.: JIpoMMW.ieHHaH   TOKCHKo.iornfl.   Al
    1960, crp. 232—238.
K o p o T K o B a   KD. K. Teancw jox.ia.20B  K>6iiJiefiHOH Haywofi cecc;i:i
    HHCTHTyia ninieHM rpyaa  H  npotpsaSo-aeaaHiifi AMH CCCP, no-
   • CBHIIieHHbte 40-.16THIO  Be.lIIKOft OKTH6pbCKOfl COUHajIHCTiPieCKOH DC-
    BOJIIOUHII, 16—21 Aek-a6pH. M.  Ill, At, 1957.
K o p o T K o B a  IO. K.  BecTHiiK OTOp:uio.iap., :1959, 3, 69—72.
KoioTKOsa   K). K. 'ripOMNui-isHHaa TOKCHKo-ioraa.  M.,  I960, crp.
    141—150.   ,
KpaBKOB  C. B. ii3;io.i. xypsr. CCCP,  1940, -28, 4, 313—322.
K p a c K H n a 'H. A.,  T y T p o a a  H. At  Tpyafai  MOCKOSCKOTO HOVH-
    BO-HCCflejosaTe-ibCKofo HiicrHTyra  3n;iaeM;io.ioniH   w -MHSpo6iio-
    JioriiH. HrM.\ryHo.ioniH  n npo(pH.iaKTiiKa  KHiuenHbix wnfieiaiHri. 1962,
    B.  9, cip. 180—186.
KpacoBHUKan  C. 9.  Vcnexn cospeMeHKofi  6iio^oniH, 1951, 32. 1,
    166—192. 23 (Zt H.  UIvpurnH,  C.  4>.  Mvpqaxoaa,  H.  A.  Beaos,
    1957).'
KpacoBiiuKan  M. JI., 3 a n o p o K e u  T.  C.  B KH.: MaTepiia.iM
             KOH(t)epeim;iii,  nocBnmeHHOH  BonpocaM ranieHu  tpyj.i,
                  H  npoMbiui.iemioH TOKCiiKO-ioraii  IB Het})TsiHofi n
                  H TipoMNiu-ieHHOcTH  30 wan —  2  HIOHH   1961 r.
         1961, crp. 88—91.
          K). I".,  BexTepeaaH. n..  TycejibKHKOB  B.  H..
    KOJKCBHHKOB B.   A.,  CennieHKOD B. T.,   VCOB B. B.
    TexHHKa H MeroAiiKii 3JieKTpo3imc$aaorpa4>iiH. M-.—JI., 1963.
KpeiiHeoa C. H.  H To^rcKaa At C. AlaTepiiajiH Hayniou cec-
    CHH no TOKCHKO^OniH  BblCOKOMO-ieKJMHpHKX  COCflUHeHBH. 'At— .1..
    196U cip. 60—61.
KyJiaKOB  A. E. Tnr. a can.,  1964, 4, 8—13.
K y Ji a K o B  A. E. THF. H can., 1965, 5, 15—20.
KyuiaKOBCKiift O. C.  JKypH.  BWCUI.  Heps.   ACHT.,  1954, 4, I.
    137—140.
Kwpre  K.  X.   npd6ji.  3HaoKpHHO.i.  "   ropMonoiep., 1956,  2,  4,
    110—117.-
Jl a 3 a p e B  H. B. OCHOBBI npoMbiinjjeHHofi TOKCHKO^OFHH, 1933.
JI as a pea  H.  B. HapKOTiiKit. JI., 1940, cxp. -188.
JT asa pen  H. B. Bpeiiiwe BeutecTBa B npoMbiuuieHHOcru, 1934.
JI a 3 a p e B  iH.  B.  BpeAiiue Bemecr-oa  a npoMbiui.ieiiHOCTH, 1963.
JlapnoHOD JI. 4>. FHrHeiia rpyaa  n TCXHIIKH  oesonacnocTH, 1954. o.
JleBHH C. H. B  Kit.:  CBCpa-ioscKan oS-iacTKas KoiKJiepenuHfi  ncspo-
    uaTOJioroa, ncuxHarpoB n HeftpoxiipyproB, 1950.
JI e B H « a 3. H. CfiopmiK :pa6or   TOKciiKO-ionmecKofi  jia6opaTop;r-i
 •   iiHCTUTyxa furaeHu tpyaa n npo(p3a6o.ieBaHHfi, 1948, T.  XII, Jli-
    HHHrpaj.
JI e p H e p H. n., B p y c H .1 o B c K H  ft E. C.  A^JiepnmecKiie  30311110-
    ipiuibHue 3a6o.iCBaBH5i. Kites, 1961.
JI H UI.3 H.  B  KH.: .npojeJibiio jonycTirxittc KOiiueinpau'iiH
    HUX* 3arpH3iieii;iM.  B.  VII. At, 1963.
                            - 132 -

-------
 Jin6.in)ia E. H.  B KM.:  3>ap.\iaKo.iori!H  ;r TOKcaxononm,  1950  13
     3, crp. 33—37.
 Jin 6.inn a E. H.  B KII.:  Hcc.ie,io3ati;m  B oS-iacni npoMbitiiJieiiHoii
     TOKCKKo.TOrmi. 1948. 12, 5, 74.
 MatHHUKHfi A. H.  Cy6opjninauiifl B HepBHOfi  CHCTCMC  it ee 3iia-
     lemie B »3iiKa,   1956,  T.  1.
     awn. 3, crp. 262—274.
 MepKOB  JI. -M.  06iuan  Teopun :i  MeroaiiKa caHiiTapHO-CTaTticTH-
     MecKoix) HCC-ieAOBattiia. Hsa. 2-e. M., 1963.
 M H .1 n e p  C. B.  B co.: •npe.ie.ibuo jonyciiiMbie KoimeiiTpamtH  HTMO-
     oJiepHHx sarpHSHeinifi. Meanis, 1955.
 Mnnaes  A. A.   C6op-iutK rpyaon KOH({)epe;miiii  MaioAwx  runieint-
     CTOB ji camrrapHbtx Bpanefi. M., 1965.
 M'HiHKHHa H. A.  Tpyjw  nayiHou ceccmt .leHiinrpa^CKoro  Hayq:io-
     HcaieAOBaTeJii>CKoro"irriCTiiTyTa nir.  Tpyasi  n  npotJiaaOo^L-Baiinfi,
     nocBnuiCHitofi ntoraM paOoTw aa 1956 r/Jl., 1958, cTp. 237—243.
" M H a u a K a « R K  A.  B. .B KM.: npeae.iwio aonyciiwiwe •Koi(ue:iTpau;ni
                 3arpa3HC!i;ifi. M., 1964, B. 8, crp. 89 — 118.
                  C.  'H.  C6op:ii!K  nayiuwx pafior  MOCKOBCKDPO oo-
     *acTHoro  Haymio-HCMCAODaTe.ibCKoro  caHiiTapHo-riiriiciiit'iecKof-,
     MHCTHTyra. M..  1948. T. 1,  ctp. 82—124.
 MyxHTOB B. M. Pur. n can.. .1962,6, 16—24.
 MyXHToa B. M. B  XH.: npMC.iuHO  Aonycr.iMue   KoimenTpai(;i»
     aTMOC(j>epHux aarpHsiieunfi. B.. VII. M., 1963.
 MbiTHHK  II. ^. apMaKo.nonia  n TOKciiKo.ionm. 1940, 3, 6,  39— 16.
 HaBpouKJiii B.  K. BCCTH. AMH CCCP,  I960. 3, 57—67.
 Haaapenxo  B. A. Tpyaw  CiioreoxiiMiiMecxoil  -^a6opaTopii«i  AH
     CCCP,  1937. 4, 265—271.
 HexoTOpwe npo6.ieMH ninieiibi tpjma a npo(pecciiOHa.ibHo8  nato-
     JIOTHH. flop. pea. 3. •?. Mnpy3A3epa. Meano. M.. 1960.
 HaKOJiaeiB  H. M.  COB. MCA. .1954.  18,4, 38.
 HHOHTflJ»a  M. B. B  KH.: .Meroabi  onpe.ic.ieilim  BpeaHMx BemccTB
     a BOSAyxe H apyntx cpe.iax. 4. I. M.. 1960, crp. 238—240.
 HOBHKOB K). B.'B KII-: npe.w.ibuo  ionycTHMbie xoimeHTpauHii at-
     Moc4>epiiux sarpnsHenufi, 1957, *. 3, cip. 85—108.
 OflouiaiJiBH-TH  A. T. Tnr. H can., 1962, 4, 3—7.
 OjniMnnesa  O. H.,  PeTiiep  B.-M., Pycnn oaa  A. O. B KH.:
     Bonpocu rariieuu tpyaa H npo^naTononia npH paeotax c oeuso-
     jioy H ero roMO.iora.Mii. .HticTirryT   yco9epuje»CT30Baiiiin  apaiesi
     KM. KHpoaa. Jl., 1958. B. 17. ctp. 8-22.
                              - 133-

-------
0.1 b ui a n c K n A iM. If. H  Jl H x a i e B a B. B. Tpyau PocroaCKoro-
    na-flony MeAiniimcKoro  «iiCT;iTyra. 1935, 2, crp.  120—127.
O p .1 o B 'a  A. A., M a 3 y H  H H a T. H. COB. MOJ., I960, 9.
OCHOBW  aiiAuKpiiiicjioriin. Floj  pea.  H. M. /Ipaaniina. M.  . Me-
    pexcuHCKoro. 1953.
n a B.I oe  H. it rio-i.-ioe co6panne TpvjoB, 1949, T. 5, crp. 112—137
    H crp. 142—153.
na.ibuea K). H.  Fur. H  can.. 1964, 2,  28—33.
OaxoMbmes  A. >H.  Fur. H can.,  1960, 11, 77—84.
FI expos A. A. ycnexn XHMHII, 1953, 22, B. 8.
FleT-po-B B. H.  Firr. H can., 1960, 2, 60—62.
nerpyflbKHii a A. M. -B KH.:  HpaKTimecKan  6iioxiiMiin.  M.,'1961,
    crp. 120.
IlaoTHtucoBa M.  M. B KH.: npeaenbHo jtonycruMbie KoimeiiTpa-
    UHH aTMOc4>epHbi.x 3arpH3HeHHH. 'Yloa. pea. npoip. B. A. Pssaaosa,
    1960, B. 4, crp. 75—91.
rioKpoBCKHH  A. A. iBoeii. .Mea. KypR., 1953, 9,  61—65.
rioKpoBCKHfi B. A. ToKciiKo.ioni?!  H runiciia  npoiisBOjCTBa  cmi-
    TeTHiecKoro TcaywyKa. M.,  1955.
II ox p o B c K H if B.* A. B  r-pvjax 'BopOHe/KCKoro aeaimHHCKoro na-
    CTHTyra, ,1957, T. XXIX.    '                ,x
FloJieraeB M. H., Anapeesa H. A. fHr.   H  can. 1959, 6, 73.
n o n o B  B. A.  B KH.: •MaTepua.ibi Bcecotoanoft KOHcfjepeHmiM -no canu-
    Tapaofi o.xpane a-nMoc^epnoro soa^yxa. M., 1964, crp. 32—33.
ITpaBiAMB H. C. O KOM6;iHHpOBaHHOM A6HCTBHH fliOB, 1929.
Jl peate-HeHC KH ft  B. E. B KH.: PyKosoacTBo no KJiiiHimecKifM na.-
    6oparopHbiM AcoiejiosaHiinM. M., .1960, crp. 249,
IlpoKoneHKO  T. A.  .B  KH.: Bonpocu ninieHu Tpyaa,  npo(J)naTOr
    .loniH    H  npoM.   TOKCiiKo.ionii(,   Ceep^JioacK,   1958,  T. 2,
    crp. 244—254.
riviiiKHHa -H. H. £ KH.:'BHOXHMHiecKite-MeTOAbi HCCJieAOBaitiiH. M.,
  "  1963, crp. 13.
PaccKaaosaT. B.   Tpyaw  OjeccKoro  MCAHKHiicKoro  iiHCTHTyra
    MM. H.  H. :IlHporo3a.  1958, «. 3, crp. 113—119.
Pe3HHK  3. B. Bpati. aeao,  1954, 7, 627—631.
P H n n T. X. TpvAbi OMCKOTO MeanmiHCKoro HHCTHryTa, K« 48.  OMCK,
   -1963.
Punn  F.  X.. MaTepna.ib: •  .BcecorosHofi  -KonipepeHiiiiii -no caHnra-pnoH
    oxpane aiMoopepHoro sosayxa, 1964.
P o x K o B a B. M.  FlaTo.iorHH,  K.iHHHKa  H  TepanHH  orpaB/ieHHfi.
    /luce. JL. 4948.
POSCHUBIIT F. 3.  Pe
-------
Pfl3HOB  B.  A.  PVKOSCUCTBO no  KOMMyna.ibHoii niniCHe,  1961  T.  1.
    cip.  158—159. "
P H 3 a ii o B B. A. Fur. 11 can., 1949. 5, 3.
PH3anoB B. A. CamiTapnas oxpaiia  aT.\iocn.iiia.ia  AKaaeMim  .Ha-
    yK  CCCP, ypa.ibCKiifl  rocyaapCTBeHHbift  ymiBepciiTeT,  1964.
Ce.iHHXjiii^ K. H. Tirr.  it can., 1961, 10,  6—12.
CC-MC HC n« o  A. A. .Pur. H can., 1961,  5, 3.
CeMCHe.HKO A. fl. Tiir.  n can., 1963. 7, 49.
CeMCHCiHKO A. ZL. B iMarepiia-nax XIX MOCKOBCKOI'I naymio-npaK-
    THHecKofi  >KOKd>epenmiH  no npo6.ieM3.\i  npoMbiuj.ieuHafi  niniciiu.
    M.. 1S63.
CeMCHCHKO A. R. riepsan nooo-i/KCKasi naynian KOH(J)epeHmra ru-
    rHCHKcroB. •Kyri6uiiieB,  1963, cip.  142—144!
CeueneHKO  A. fl. Pur.  H can., 1963, 7, 49.
CeMCH€«KO A. R. n  Ba.iauiOB  B. H. MaTepiia.nu KOK({)epeu-
    UHH no HioraM Haynsibtx HCCJieaoBaiitifl 33 1963 r.  HHCTirrvTa  on-
    mefl H KOMMyxaflbHOH nirHeHW  HM. A. H. Cucntia AMH CCCP. M.,
     1964, crp. 34—35.
C e p r e Ji b O. C.. K -i» M e H K o  A. A. BCCTHHK peim-eHO-ionm H pa-
    ano.norHH, 1957. 5, 76—81.
Ce p'e Hce H-P OH ui BH.  £noxitMiiiecKiie  aieroau Asinnioia  n   HC-
    caeflOBaiiHfl. Mea. HJI  iByxapecr, 1963. crp. 259.
C 64eii03  H. M^-IIaB.iOB  H. n., BBeaeHCKiifi  E. E.  Oii-
    3HOflOrH« .HepBHOfl CHCTOMU,  1952. CTp. 191.
C o K o Ji o D  E. H.  B <6.:  OpiieHTHpoBomiwfl pe<|>.ieKC n  opiieiiTiipo-
    BOHiio-HCcneaoBaTeJibCKaa  aeBTC-ibHOCTb. M.,  1958. crp.  11—120.
C .1 o H H M A. JI. B  KH.:  Onbir nayneiiim pcry.inunn
    . (pyHKUiifi. M.—JI.. 1953. T. 2.
CO.IO.MHH  T. H. T«r. n can., 1961. 5, 3.
C o -n o M H H  T. H. B KM.: .ripe.ae.ibHO aonycrnMue KOKueJiTpamm
    ccfiepiibix 3arpH3iieiiiift. M., 1962, B. 6.
C o.i o M H n  T. M. Tirr. H can., 1961. 3, 3.
C n M H y  E.  H.  B  KH.:  .riiriieiia  n  TOKCHKO.ionm IIOBUX  necximiuon
    H  iwiHHHKa oipaB-icHiifi.  Meonn.  M.. 1962, cip. 257—262.
CreK.io.Ba  P. n. B c6.: OpneimipoBOMiibiR pccJwcKC 11  opiieimipo-
    .BoiHo-HCC.ieaoBaTe.ibCKaH  aeHie-ibiiocTb. Al..  1958, crp. 183—191.
CTOHHOBCKIJH  A.  . fur. H can., 1961,  10, 70—72.
C T « * K H H   B. M.  B KH.:  OpeAeabito jonycriixiue KoimeiiTpamm ar-
    Moc<})epiibix 3arpfl3iteiiiiri. M.,  1962. B.  6, ctp. 96-103.
                               - 135 -

-------
T a x H p o n  tM. T. B KM.: rtpeac.ib;io jonycTHMue KOHneiirpauHii ar-
    Mocfjiepiiwx 3arpH3Heiinri.  I960, D.  4, cip.  39—61.
THV«OB Jl.fi.  n AeiiKceHKo  A. .\. Te3iicu noKnaa.QB 5-ft Jle-
    Hinirpa.iCKofi Kon4>cpeKiuui no ooupocaM  npOMUui.icKHOK TOKCIIKO-
    Jiormi. !l., 1957, crp. 47.
TKa«ieo ill.  T. Fur. 11 can., 1963, -4. 3.
ToaopoB  H. KJiiiHjiqecKite .laeoparopHue  ;icc:ie.ao3a!iiiH a neinar-
    PHH.  Coipiis,  1960, crp. 372—414.
Tpon 4>. C.  B KH.: Bonpoew TUnieHK Tpyaa, npO;peccuoHa;ibiioA na-
    raioniu « TOKCifico-ionm s  npoMbumeiiiiccTu  CBepAfloccKoii 06-
    -lacnr, 1955.
V6aftAy-i.iae3 P.  B KH.: ripeae-UHo jonycrmtue  «OHueHTpau;iii
    aT.\iooaycTOB  A. C. B KH.: MaTepiia.iu HayiHoft Koii4'epei»tHH, nocsn-
    meKHoft  sonpocaM nirHeHH rpyaa, npo^naTo.ioniu n
    aoft  TOKCHKoaorHH  B HeipTJinoa  n -iieipTexnMjittecKof!
    HOCTH. y$a, 1961. crp. 165—167.
$ e vi t A M a H  K). T. B KH.: FIpeie-ibHo  aori^-cTiiMbie
    aTMOc4>epHux  aarpasHeHHfl. At, 1962, B. 6, crp. 109—127.
O o M H H A.  n.  CfiopniiK TpyaoB  Koii(j)epeiiuiii!  MO-IOAUX
    CTOB  H caKUTapHtix Bpaqefi. M., -1965.
4>oTOHiii  H. R.  B  KH.:   ripomBoacTBo    asoTHbix   yitto6peH;ifi.
    M., 1956.
4>peHAJiRH  B.  C. Tpyaw  BopoHexccKoro McaHUHHCKoro  nHCTHTyia
    H  odnacTHoil  caHHTapHO-TurneHimecKof;  .ia6oparopHH Bopone;:<-
    CKoro o6fl3flpaBOT4e^a, 1935, T. 5.
Xoaac  M. H. Mefl. paflHOJi., 1959, 3, 44-43.
HepBHroBCKHfi  B.-H.,  Hpoiu eecKufi'A.  H. Bonpocw  neps-
    Hofi perynnuHH cucTexibi xposit. Mearns. M, 1953.
MepnoB B.  M.  4>apM3Ko.i.  H TOKCHKO.I., 1947, 2,  X, 39—41.
Mxcao 1xc3H-UH. Fur. H can., 1959.  10, 7—12.
M H K HK O,B  B. A. (Fur. n caH., 1963. 6, 8—15.
MHJKHKOB   B.  A.   B  KH.: npeae.ibno jionyciiiMbre  xotmeHTpamui
    atMOC(J)epHux 3arpfl3HeHHft. M., 1964,  B. 8, ctp. 21—41.
HupKOB C. K- AHaJiHTHiecKaa XHMIIH, 1957, T. 12, B. 6.
M 3 u b K> H b-T a S. FHI-. H can.," 1963, 2. 93—95.
IIlTecceflb  T. A. OH3H03. *ypH. CCCP. 1937,  22, 1,  129—137.
3 c K H B  H. A.,  B n A a B c K a a. F.  M.  npo&icMbi  3ii;iOKpHiio.ioniit
    H ropMOHOTepanHH, 1956, 11,  I,  82—87.
SCKHH  H. A., MttxaiiaoB  H. B. Bio.i.i.  3Kcnep. 6ttoji.  n .vej.,
    1958, 46.  8. 100—104.
% p oc n  a B c K a H P. H.,  P o 3 o B c K n ft  H. Al.  B KH.: Bropoe Bce:
    coioaiioe coBemaitne  no  Bonpocasi npoMbiiii.iemiOH TOKCHKo.ionin
    4—6 (feeBpa.™ -1952 r. M., 1952, cip. 12—13.


                         6) HnocrpaHHaa

A m d u r M. O.. Mead I. The rcspirotary respons of guinea pigs  io
    inhalation of  ethylene  oxide.  A. M. A.  Archives  of  industrial
    Health., 1956,  14. 553.
                                -  136  -

-------
 Aschkenasy A. Le role   des  hormones   dans'  la  regulation do
     1 cosmophilie sanquine. Sanq, 1957. 5  400.
 Gessner-P. K..  Parke  D. V.,  Williams  R. T.  Diooheii. J..
     |96I, 79, 3.
 Choi ale  H zp. Arch, of Industrial  Hygiene  and Occupational M*Jic.,

• C r i s t i a n i II. Lc fluor des os dans I'intoxication fluorique. Ann H\g.
     Pub. Ind. et Sociale. 1930, 8, 309—316.
 De Eds F. Fluorine relation to bon  and tooth  development.'J.  Am.
     Dental Assoc..  1936,  23, 563—574.
 D o h a n F. C. Arch  Environomental     Health, 1961. 3. 4, 387—395.
 Drabkin D. L.,  Austin J H. J.  Biol. Chem.,  1935—36,  112-51.
 D u 11 o n W. J. A. M. A, 1911, 56, 16-18.
 Phillips P. H. Plasma phosphatasu in diary cows suffering  from
     fiuorosis.  Science, 1932, 76, 239—40.
 Frank e, MoxsonJ.  Pharm. (Lond.), 1936, 58, t, 454;  1937,  61.
     1, 89.
 J- r i e b e I H.,  G'r o s s E.,  I m in i s c h - S e e h a u s e n L., L i n k e K
     u. S o m m e r S. Zur Toxicitat   von reinem  Phthaisareahyartti
     und Rohrproducteii  a us  -der  industriallen  Phthalsaresyur.lhe&.
     Arch, fur Gewerbepalhologie und Gewerbehygienc,   1956. Bd. 14,
     s. 465—482.
 r r i e d m a n  E., M a a s e  C. Zur Kenntnis des  Abbancr  der  Kar-
     bonsaren  irn  Ticrkorper. Biochem. J..  1910, 27, 111—114.
 i I a r o 1 d  M.,  Nielsen,  Lo g  a n,  D t a n.   The   determination  of
     fluorine in soft tissues, bone and urine.   Arch.  Industr.  Health,
     I960, v. 21, 4.                          .
 Henderson, Haggaren.  BPCAHUC rasa   B  npOMuai.icnnocTii.
     M.—JI-, 1930, Hep. c aura.
 11 e s t r i n S. J. biol. Chera., 1951, 180, 249.
 Hoi lings wort h  R.  L., Ro we  V. K-,  Oy en  F.,  McCollis-
     ter D. D.  Toxicity   of  ethylene  oxide  'determined  on   ex-
     perimental animals.  A.A.A.  Arch. Industrial  Health.,  1956,  13,
     3,217.                                     A   '
 Horvath. Japan  Med.  World. 6, No 2. 1926; Proc. Soc.  Expl. Biol. a.
     Med. 22,  199, 1929.
 •G r a n a i i A.  ScavoD.  11 ricambio protidico nel  Sulfocarbomsmo
     cronico. Folia.  Med., 1956. 39, 8, 763—774.
 Jacobson  K.  H.,   Hackley  E. B. The   toxicily  of  inhaled
    ' ethylene oxide  and  pripylene  oxide  vapors.  A.M.A.  Arch, of
     Industrial Health., 1956, 13, 3, 237.

 K a p a 1 i n V. Cs.  hyg..  1958, 3,  386.
 Kapalfn V.  Cs. pediatr.,  1964/19, 7, 646.
 Kapalin V., Janackova H. Cs. pediatr., 1964,  19,  2, 171.
 K a p a 1 f n V.. P r o c o p e c M., P r o s ec J.  Cs. pediatr., 1957, 12,420.
 K e r r  A. C. The effect of  mental stress on the   eosinophil  leucocyte
     count in man. Quart. J. exp. Physiol., 1956, 1, 18.
 Laborde J. V. Note sur'  1'action   phys  ologique et  toxique  de
     1'acetophenone  et phenilmcthytecetone. Compt.  rend.  Sol. de  biol.
 Par,, 1885. 8. pt.. 2, 725—737.
 Levy R. J. JAMA, 1960, 173, 11.
 Lewis C. E. Arch, hel Health, 1959, 20. 44S--446.
 Lilly J. C, Hughes  J. R., Alvord  E. G.,  Galvin T.  W.  Fed.
     Proc., 1955, 14, 93.
                              -  137 -

-------
M a g I i o r  M a r i o, E s  d e  Rosa  Carlo.  II quadrosiero  pro-
    teico del conglio  ncll'intossicazipne naftalinioa.  Ann.  Oftalmole
    Chin. OcuL.  1957, 83. 9. 438-442.
               V                                            f
M a r h o I d J. Prehled  peumislove  loxikologie.  Slat,  zdrav   nakl
    Praha,  190-!.
Mitchell Proc. Soc. exp.  Biol.  (N. Y.), 1953,  84, 2, 404—405
Molfino. Ber.  ub. d. ges.  Physiol., 1939, 114,  173.
Morette A. Ann. pharmac. fran9., 1957, 15, 4, 209—216.
M u r p h y J.  P.,  G e 11 h o r n E. J. Neurophysiol., 1945, 8. 337.
N'ischiama. Isami-Studies  on the  benzol   poisoning.  Part  II.
    Poisoning by mixture of benzol   with  acetone  or  butylacetate
    S. Sci. Labor.,  1957, 33, 12, 969, 997.
P a t o n W. Histamine  release  by  compound  of  simple  chemical
    structure. Pharmacological Reviews, 1937, 9, 2, 269—328.
                         v v *         v *           T           .
Pet r B. Problemazika znecisteni ovzdusi  \ okoli  zavodu,  Sbornik
    DHPCHP. Praha,  1963.
RecineH. Med.  a.  Zovaro.,  1956,  47,  5,   346—349;  1956,47,3,
    172—175,  167—171.
R oho 1m K. Fluorine intoxication. London, 1937.
Roholm  K. Serum  phosphatase  activity  in  generalized  osteo-
    sclerosis  in man. Proc.  Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y.), 1937, 37, 376—9.
Rosenbaum E. J.,  Stanton L. Continous  recording ultraviolet
   . spectophotometer. Anal. Chem., 1947, 19, 794.
Watson C. J. The porphyrens and deseascs of the blood.  Sympos.  on
    the blood and  blood  forming organs. Machson, 1941, 14—30.
Schmidt P., K n o t e k Z.. M u s i 1 J. Cs. pediatr., I960.  18, 9   x
Scholz J. Klin. Wschr., 1950, 3—4.
Silverman L., Whittenberger J. Z. a.  MullerJ. J. Indust-
    rial. Hyg. a. Toxicol., 1949, 31. 2, 74—78.
5 m i t h M.   C., L a n z   E.  M.  The  effect  of  fluorine  upon  the
    phosphatase content  of plasma, bones and  teeth  of albin rats. J.
    bioi. Chem., 1935, 112, 303-^11.
S ny d e r F., C o r n a t z  e r W. Natura, 1958, 182. 4633, 462.
Symanski Arch. Gewebepath. u. Gewebehyg.,  1939, 9, 295.

S y m'o n K. B. j. Cs. hyg., 1960, 5, 2/3, 88.
SymonK.Cs. hyg., 1964, 9, 8, 475.
T h o r n G. W. Nebenniereninsuffizienz   Diagnose  und  Behandlung,
     Bern-Stuttgart, 1953.
Tom as A. J. publ. Hlth., 1959, 49. 12, 1664—69.
Thomas F. E., Davidson C. H. J. Air. Poll. Contr. Assoc., 1961.
     U, 24, 27.
Thomas J. O., Wilson R. H.. De Eds T.  Bone  phosphatasc  ac-
     tivity in chronic fluorine   poisoning. J. Pharmacol.  exp.  Ther..
     1935. 54, 160.
Joya  Ay a. B petpepa-r. «
-------
46
47
      THE SUSCEPTIBILITY OR RESISTANCE TO GAS
      AND SMOKE OF VARIOUS  ARBOREAL SPECIES
      GROWN   UNDER DIVERSE  ENVIRONMENTAL
      CONDITIONS IN A NUMBER OF INDUSTRIAL RE-
      GIONS OF THE SOVIET UNION-A Survey of USSR
      Air Pollution Literature

      METEOROLOGICAL  AND  CHEMICAL ASPECTS
      OF AIR  POLLUTION; PROPAGATION AND DIS
      PERSAL  OF AIR POLLUTANTS IN A NUMBER OF
      AREAS IN THE SOVIET UNION-A Survey of USSR
      Air Pollution Literature
 48   THE AGRICULTURAL REGIONS OF CHINA
      EFFECTS OF METEOROLOGICAL  CONDITIONS
      AND  RELIEF ON  AIR POLLUTION; AIR CON-
      TAMINANTS   -  THEIR  CONCENTRATION
      TRANSPORT, AND DISPERSAL- A Survey of USSR
      Air Pollution Litereture
 SO.
 61.
      AIR  POLLUTION  IN  RELATION  TO  CERTAIN
      ATMOSPHERIC  AND  METORO LOGI CAL
      CONDITIONS'  AND SOME OF  THE  METHODS
      EMPLOYED  IN  THE  SURVEY AND ANALYSIS
      Of  AIR  POLLUTANTS- A Survey of  USSR  Air
      Pollution Literature

      MEASUREMENTS  OF  DISPERSAL  AND
      CONCENTRATION,   IDENTIFICATION,  AND
      SANITARY  EVALUATION  OF  VARIOUS  AIR
      POLLUTANTS,  WITH  SPECIAL REFERENCE  TO
      THE ENVIRONS OF ELECTRIC  POWER PLANTS
      AND   FERROUS   METALLURGICAL   PLANTS
      -A Survey of USSR  Air Pollution Literature
                                                        53    GAS RESISTANCE  OF PLANTS WITH SPECIAL
                                                              REFERENCE TO PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY AND TO
                                                              THE EFFECTS  OF  MINERAL NUTRITION    A
                                                              Survey o< USSR Air Polution Literature
54    THE  TOXIC  COMPONENTS  OF  AUTOMOBILE
      EXHAUST GASES:  THEIR COMPOSITION UNDER
      DIFFERENT  OPERATING  CONDITIONS,  AND
      METHODS OF REDUCING THEIR  EMISSION - A
      Survey of USSR Air Pollution Literature


55    A  SECOND   COMPILATION  OF  TECHNICAL
      REPORTS ON  THE  BIOLOGICAL  EFFECTS AND
      THE    PUBLIC   HEALTH    ASPECTS    OF
      ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS - A Survey of USSR
      Air Pollution Literature


66    TECHNICAL  PAPERS FROM THE  LENINGRAD
      INTERNATIONAL    SYMPOSIUM   ON    THE
      METEOROLOGICAL ASPECTS OF ATMOSPHERIC
      POLLUTION  (PART  I) -  A Survey of USSR Air
      Pollution Litereture


67    TECHNICAL  PAPERS FROM THE  LENINGRAD
      INTERNATIONAL    SYMPOSIUM   ON    THE
      METEOROLOGICAL ASPECTS OF  ATMOSPHERIC
      POLLUTION  (PART II) - A Survey o* USSR Air
      Pollution Literature
                                                         58    TECHNICAL  PAPERS FROM  THE  LENINGRAD
                                                               INTERNATIONAL    AYMPOSIUM   ON    THE
                                                               METEOROLOGICAL ASPECTS OF ATMOSPHERIC
                                                               POLLUTION  (PART III)  - A Survey of USSR Air
                                                               Pollution Literature
 52    A COMPILATION OF  TECHNICAL REPORTS ON
       THE  BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND THE  PUBLIC
       HEALTH   ASPECTS   OF    ATMOSPHERIC
       POLLUTANTS  - A Survey of USSR Air Pollution
       Literature
                                                         59    A   THIRD   COMPILATION   OF  TECHNICAL
                                                               REPORTS ON THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND
                                                               THE PUBLIC  HEALTH ASPECTS OF ATMOSPHER-
                                                               IC POLLUTANTS - A Survey of USSR Air Pollution
                                                               Litereture
Reprlnh from various periodical!:

 A    INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN CROP IMPROVEMENT
        THROUGH THE UTILIZATION  OF THE CONCEPT  OF
        AGROCUMATIC ANALOGUES
        (the UM of Phenology, Meteorology and Geographical
        latilude for Hie r\irpo»e» of Plant Introduction and *• Ex-
        change of Impwed Plant Varieties B»tw»tn Voriow
        Countriei.)
 B    SOME PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS OF PHENOUOGICAL
        DATA AS A TOOL IN THE STUDY OF PHOTOPERIODIC
        AND THERMAL REQUIREMENTS OF  VARIOUS PLANT
        MATERIAL
•C    AGRO-CLIMATOLOGY AND CROP ECOLOGY OF  THE
        UKRAINE AND CUMATIC ANALOGUES  IN NORTH
        AMERICA
 D    AGRO-CLIMATOIOGY AND CROP ECOLOGY OF PALES-
        TINE AND TKANSJORDAN  AND  CLIMATIC  ANA-
        LOGUES IN THE UNITED STATES
                                                              USSk-Som* Phyilcol and Agricultural ChoroctwUtiet of *•
                                                                DrovghtArea ondltiCltmoticAnalogvei  ihould be ada>*»ed to the
                                                                 American tnititute of Crop Ecology, 809 DaU
                                                                 Drive, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910.

-------